305
Trillium Software System Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2 includes: Calling all modules on IBM Mainframe Output Data Tables for all API Modules Version 7.16 May 2017

Trillium Software System Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    4

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Trillium Software System™

Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

includes:

Calling all modules on IBM MainframeOutput Data Tables for all API Modules

Version 7.16 May 2017

This manual, as well as the software described in it, are furnished underlicense and may be used only in accordance with the terms of such license.The content of this manual is furnished for informational purposes only, issubject to change without notice, and should not be construed as acommitment by Trillium Software. Trillium Software assumes noresponsibility or liability for any errors or inaccuracies that may appear inthis manual.

The customer shall not disclose, copy, reproduce, distribute, or display anyportion of the Trillium Software System or this manual in any form to anythird person without the prior written consent of Trillium Software, nor allowthird parties to do the same. The customer shall keep the Trillium SoftwareSystem and all confidential information in the strictest confidence.

Trillium Software System Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2 53017

Trillium Software, Inc. owns all rights in and to the marks "TRILLIUMSOFTWARE" and "TRILLIUM SOFTWARE SYSTEM," which marks areregistered in various countries throughout the world (including, withoutlimitation, the United States Patent and Trademark Office).

All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

© 2008-2017 Trillium Software, Inc.

Table of Contents iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER 1 Trillium Software System Applications Programming Interface (API) ........................ 1-1

CHAPTER 2 Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe ........................................... 2-1

API Calls from COBOL on IBM Mainframe ..................... 2-2The Call Types for ‘Action’ Parameter (COBOL) ........... 2-6

Xpediter Considerations ........................................ 2-6Calling the Investigator API from COBOL................. 2-7Calling the Converter API from COBOL .................... 2-9Calling the Customer Data Parser API from COBOL ..2-11Calling the Business Data Parser API from COBOL ...2-13Calling the Global Data Router API from COBOL ......2-15Calling the US Postal Geocoder API from COBOL......2-17Calling the US Geocoder API from COBOL (DPV, LACSLink, and SuiteLink Supported)......................................2-21 Calling US Centroid Census Geocoder API from COBOL ..............................................................2-51Calling the US Interpolated Rooftop Census Geocoder API from COBOL .......................................................2-54Calling the API for All US Census Geocoders from COBOL ..............................................................2-58Calling the CA Postal Geocoder API from COBOL......2-62Calling the AU Postal Geocoder API from COBOL......2-67Calling the DE Postal Geocoder API from COBOL......2-71Calling the HK Postal Geocoder API from COBOL .....2-76Calling the IT Postal Geocoder API from COBOL.......2-81Calling the UK Postal Geocoder API from COBOL .....2-86Calling the TG Postal Geocoder API from COBOL......2-94Calling the Create Window Key API from COBOL.... 2-100Calling the Data Reconstructor API from COBOL .... 2-102Calling the Matcher API from COBOL.................... 2-104

CHAPTER 3 Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables ............................................................... 3-1

Converter/Investigator API Error Codes ..................... 3-2Customer Data Parser API Output ............................. 3-3

Customer Data Parser API Error Codes...................3-32

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

iv Table of Contents

Business Data Parser API Output .............................3-33Business Data Parser API Error Codes ....................3-35

Global Data Router API Error Codes .........................3-36Data Reconstructor Output .....................................3-37

Data Reconstructor API Error Codes.......................3-37Data Reconstructor API Compiler Error Messages ....3-38

Window Key Generator API Error Codes....................3-44US Postal Geocoder API Output ...............................3-46

US Postal Geocoder Input/Output Data ..................3-46Return Info Data Area .........................................3-48US Match Possibilities Data Area ...........................3-59DISPLAY_BASEDATA Parameter Options.................3-61

US Centroid Census Geocoder API Output .................3-69Input Data to Centroid Census Geocoder ................3-69US Centroid Census Geocoder Output Data.............3-72US Centroid Census Geocoder Street Tract Match Section Error Codes........................................................3-80US Centroid Census Geocoder DISPLAY_BASEDATA Options .............................................................3-81

US Interpolated Rooftop Census Geocoder API Output 3-82Output Data Layout.............................................3-84Error Codes........................................................3-87

CA Postal Geocoder API Output ...............................3-88CA Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data.............3-88CA Match Possibilities Data Area ...........................3-96CA DISPLAY_BASEDATA Parameter Options.......... 3-100

AU Geocoder API Output ...................................... 3-103AU Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data .......... 3-103AU DISPLAY_BASEDATA Parameter Options.......... 3-109AU Geocoder Error Codes ................................... 3-110

DE Geocoder API Output ...................................... 3-112DE Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data........... 3-112DE Match Possibilities Data Area ......................... 3-115DE DISPLAY_BASEDATA Parameter Options.......... 3-116

HK Geocoder API Output ...................................... 3-119HK Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data ........ 3-119HK Match Possibilities Data Area ......................... 3-121HK DISPLAY_BASEDATA Parameter Options.......... 3-121

IT Geocoder API Output ....................................... 3-125IT Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data............ 3-125IT Match Possibilities Data Area .......................... 3-127

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Table of Contents v

IT DISPLAY_BASEDATA Parameter Options........... 3-128UK Geocoder API Output ...................................... 3-131

UK Geocoder Input/Output Data ......................... 3-131UK Match Possibilities Data Area ......................... 3-134UK DISPLAY_BASEDATA Parameter Options.......... 3-135

TG Geocoder API Output....................................... 3-141TG Geocoder DISPLAY_BASEDATA Parameter Options ........................................................... 3-145LEVEL_MATCHING parameter values ................... 3-148TG Geocoder Match Possibilities Data Area ........... 3-149

Matcher Functions – Error Codes ........................... 3-153Universal Cleansing Adapter API Error Codes........... 3-161XML Function Error Codes..................................... 3-163

Index .......................................................................I-1

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

vi Table of Contents

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

CHAPTER 1 Trillium Software System Applications Programming Interface (API)

Trillium

Trillium Software System™ modules can be run on any platform that supports the ANSI standard C language. API languages supported through this document and Trillium Software Technical Support are listed below.

This document is organized to assist developers in the creation of programs to execute a call to a specific function of their choice. To get started, find the platform you will be calling functions from and then locate the programming language you will be using.

For additional assistance, call or E-mail Trillium Software Technical Support at [email protected].

Software System Applications Programming Interface (API)

1-2

This manual is the second of two volumes and contains the following chapters:

• Chapter 2 “Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe”• Chapter 3 “Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables”

See the Programmer’s Guide, Volume I for an overview section describing all the basics involved with API functionality.

See Volume I also for information about calling the Trillium Software System® from C, C++, C#, Visual Basic, Visual Basic .NET, and Java on the Microsoft Windows platform, and from C and Java on the UNIX platform.

Volume I also contains information about using the Trillium Software System® Universal Cleansing Adapter (UCA).

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

CHAPTER 2 Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

This chapter describes calls to the Trillium Software System API on the IBM Mainframe.

The Trillium Software System® Applications Programming Interface (API) supports calls from the COBOL programming language on the IBM Mainframe.

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-2 API Calls from COBOL on IBM Mainframe

API Calls from COBOL on IBM MainframeBatch COBOL calls on the IBM Mainframe use the load modules located in the customer .TRIL7140.CALLABLE.LOADLIB of the Trillium Software System® base installation.

• Most of the load modules contain an imbedded “#” sign in the name. • Sample batch programs are located in the library

TRIL7140.SAMPLES.CALLABLE.SRCLIB PDS, under the COB* members as well as in the .\samples directory of the base installation.

These Callable API Load Modules, created using the IBMC Compiler and Linker, are designed and made to be dynamically callable at run time. There is no need to statically link them with a COBOL driver module. Remake the COBOL driver module with the ‘DYN’ option. Concatenate the Trillium Callable LOADLIB on the JOBLIB or STEPLIB DD statement to use them in your customized processes.

The implementation of File Name is DDNAME, which is the name of the DD statement in the proc or executable JCL referencing the dataset (DSN) that is the file. The field that contains a file name (DDNAME) should be made long enough to hold the name + 1 character at the end filled with LOW_VALUES (Null). The maximum length is 9.

Table 2.1 API Load Modules and Entry Points

Load module Entry point Description

AU#MTCI AU#MTCI Australian (AU) Postal Geocoder

AU#AMAS AU#AMAS Australian (AU) Postal Geocoder (AMAS certified).

AU#AMAT AU#AMAT Data input creation function for AU Postal Geocoder

CA#MTCI CA#MTCI Canadian (CA) Postal Geocoder

CA#AMAT CA#AMAT Data input creation function for CA Postal Geocoder

CF#CONI CF#CONI Converter

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

API Calls from COBOL on IBM Mainframe 2-3

CF#CRCM CF#CRCM Create Common function

CF#WKEY CF#WKEY Window Key Generator

CFINVESI CFINVESI Investigator

DE#MTCI DE#MTCI German (DE) Postal Geocoder

DE#AMAT DE#AMAT Data input creation function for DE Postal Geocoder

GA#PRSI GA#PRSI Business Data Parser

GM#MTCI GM#MTCI US Centroid Census Geocoder

HK#MTCI HK#MTCI Hong Kong (HK) Postal Geocoder

HK#AMAT HK#AMAT Data input creation function for HK Postal Geocoder

HM#MTCI HM#MTCI US Interpolated Rooftop Census Geocoder

IT#MTCI IT#MTCI Italian (IT) Postal Geocoder

IT#AMAT IT#AMAT Data input creation function for IT Postal Geocoder

M#ADDREC M#ADDREC Matcher Add Record routine

M#CLEARW M#CLEARW Matcher Clear Window routine

Table 2.1 API Load Modules and Entry Points (Continued)

Load module Entry point Description

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-4 API Calls from COBOL on IBM Mainframe

M#CMATCH M#CMATCH Matcher Match Candidate (Reference) Match routine

M#COMMON M#COMMON Matcher Commonizer routine

M#DELETR M#DELETR Delete a Record

M#ENDMAT M#ENDMAT Matcher termination routine

M#GENCAN M#GENCAN Generate Candidate Transactions

M#GENSST M#GENSST Generate Transactions

M#GETINF M#GETINF Get Information

M#GETMAT M#GETMAT Matcher Obtain Reference Match routine

M#GETSUS M#GETSUS Matcher Obtain Suspect Match routine

M#HHLDML M#HHLDML Send Household Number

M#HMATCH M#HMATCH Get Household Matches

M#HSUMRY M#HSUMRY Get Household Summary

M#IMATCH M#IMATCH Get Individual Matches

M#INITMR M#INITMR Matcher initialization routine

M#ISUMRY M#ISUMRY Get Individual Summary

M#MEMBML M#MEMBML Send Member Number

M#MODIFY M#MODIFY Modify a Record

M#NUMMAT M#NUMMAT Matcher Number of Reference Matches routine

M#NUMSUS M#NUMSUS Matcher Number of Reference Suspects routine

M#PARAMS M#PARAMS Matcher Process Parameters routine

M#RETRVR M#RETRVR Matcher Retrieve Window Match routine

M#SORTWN M#SORTWN Matcher Sort Window Match Records routine

M#WMATCH M#WMATCH Matcher Window Match routine

Table 2.1 API Load Modules and Entry Points (Continued)

Load module Entry point Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

API Calls from COBOL on IBM Mainframe 2-5

M#WRTLNK M#WRTLNK Write Links

PA#PRSI PA#PRSI Customer Data Parser

PM#MTCI PM#MTCI US Postal Geocoder

RC#MULTI RC#MULTI Data Reconstructor function

RT#ROUT RT#ROUT Global Data Router

TG#MTI2 TG#MTI2 Trillium Global (TG) Postal Geocoder – using rules file

TG#MTCI TG#MTCI Trillium Global (TG) Postal Geocoder

TG#AMAT TG#AMAT Data input creation function for TG Postal Geocoder

UM#MTCI UM#MTCI UK Postal Geocoder

UM#AMAT UM#AMAT Data input creation function for UK Postal Geocoder

Table 2.1 API Load Modules and Entry Points (Continued)

Load module Entry point Description

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-6 The Call Types for ‘Action’ Parameter (COBOL)

The Call Types for ‘Action’ Parameter (COBOL)There are three different call types as detailed by the Action parameter. Each call uses the same parameters with a different Action value. The Action parameter tells the program what function to perform for a specific call. The settings for the Action parameter are described in the following table.

Xpediter ConsiderationsIf you are using Xpediter to test callable functions, you may encounter a SOC4 abend when Xpediter enters the call. This issue is solved by creating an initial Xpediter script with the line “SET STATIC OFF.” This must be done in the initial script and not interactively.

O Open Initializes the module, loads required tables into memory, and reads the parameter (parm) file. For the Geocoder, it Creates the control area, opens Level 1 index into memory and sets up control areas from parameters. Also opens Level 2 and BaseData files and saves the file handles in the control area.

P Process Processes data in the Input buffer and writes data to the Output buffers. For the Geocoder, Uses control areas and its variables; all other variables are automatic (unique copies to each function). Reads Level 2 and Basedata files as needed and applies matching logic. Also reads the memory copy of Level 1.

R MinimalOpen

For the Postal Geocoders only, functions the same as Process, except uses an automatic version of the Level 2 and Basedata file handles. (Performs its own file open/close on these two resource files.) Required for multi-threaded use of Geocoder.

C Close Closes the modules, cleans up allocated resources, and writes any statistical information.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Calling the Investigator API from COBOL 2-7

Calling the Investigator API from COBOLDetailed information about of each parameter required by the call is contained in the parm table below. Each call uses the same parameters with a different ACTION value. For more information about Investigator functionality, see the Batch User’s Guide.

This table describes the parameters in the preceding sample open call.

CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-ACTIONW100-CONTROL-AREAW100-PARMFILE-NAMEW100-ECHOFILE-NAMEW100-OUTREC-FIELDSW100-OUTFLD-FIELDSW100-RETCODE.

where:

01 W100-ACTION PIC X(01) VALUE SPACES.01 W100-CONTROL-AREA PIC X(04) VALUE SPACES.01 W100-CONIN-FIELDS PIC X(1000).01 W100-CONOUT-FIELDS PIC X(639).01 W100-PARMFILE-NAME. 03 W100-PFNAME PIC X(08) VALUE SPACES. 03 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-ECHOFILE-NAME. 03 W100-EFNAME PIC X(08) VALUE SPACES. 03 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-RETCODE PIC X(01) VALUE ZERO.01 W100-SUBPGM-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE ‘CFINVESI’.

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-8 Calling the Investigator API from COBOL

n* = Platform-specific width of a file name. All file names should terminate with a null character after the last valid file name character.

Table 2.2 Investigator Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

ACTION PIC X In 1 Call type is either: O=Open, P=Process, or C=Close.

CONTROL PIC X In/Out

16 Control work area built on the Open call, then used during the Process and Close calls. If ACTION is either P or C=In; if ACTION is O=Out.

PARMFILE PIC X In n* Name of the parameter file.

PARMECHO PIC X In n* The name of the parameter echo file used in debugging parameter file problems. If not used, set to NULL. Optional.

IINPUT PIC X In Variable Buffer containing input data to be processed when the Process call is used. This buffer must be the same size as the input data width.

OUTREC PIC X Out Variable Buffer containing the output record, record identifier, and the status of each Investigator parm. This buffer must be the width of the input record + 1 byte for each parameter defined.

OUTFLD PIC X Out Variable Buffer containing field data that has been flagged as a result of field query parameters. Size is determined by the number of eligible parameters in the parameter file times 117 bytes (maximum is 5500 parameters).

Positive occurrences of the parameters against the field data forces the field to write to this buffer. Contiguous fields are written to the buffer every 117 bytes.

RETCODE PIC X Out 1 Return code value indicating status of the program call. Must be checked to ensure a zero value after each call (0=OK).

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Calling the Converter API from COBOL 2-9

Calling the Converter API from COBOLThe following sample shows a COBOL Open Call to the Converter. A detailed description of each parameter is included in the table below. There are three different call types as detailed by the ‘ACTION’ parameter. Each call uses the same parameters with a different ACTION value.

The following Converter parameters are not callable: INP_FNAME01–10, OUT_FNAME and INP_FNAME01E–10E

For more information about the Converter, see the Batch User’s Guide.

CF#CONI Function

CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-ACTIONW100-CONTROL-AREAW100-PARMFILE-NAMEW100-ECHOFILE-NAMEW100-CONIN-FIELDSW100-CONOUT-FIELDSW100-RETCODE.

where:

01 W100-ACTION PIC X(01) VALUE SPACES.01 W100-CONTROL-AREA PIC X(04) VALUE SPACES.01 W100-CONIN-FIELDS PIC X(1000).01 W100-CONOUT-FIELDS PIC X(639).01 W100-PARMFILE-NAME.03 W100-PFNAME PIC X(08) VALUE SPACES.03 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW-VALUES.

01 W100-ECHOFILE-NAME.03 W100-EFNAME PIC X(08) VALUE SPACES.03 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW-VALUES.

01 W100-RETCODE PIC X(01) VALUE ZERO.01 W100-SUBPGM-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE ‘CF#CONI’.

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-10 Required Resources

This table describes the parameters used in COBOL calls to the Converter.

n* = Platform-specific width of a file name. Note that all file names should terminate with a null character after the last valid file name character.

Required Resources

PARMFILE ECHOFILESTDINPUT SYSPRINTTRILMSGS STATFILEINPUT SYSOUT

Table 2.3 Converter Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

ACTION PIC X In 1 Defines call type as O=Open, P=Process or C=Close.

CONTROL PIC X 16 Control work area built on the Open call, used during Process and Close calls. If ACTION is either P or C=In; if ACTION is O=Out.

PARMFNAME PIC X In n* Contains DDNAME of DD statements for the parm file. Must be long enough to hold the name + 1 character at the end filled with LOW_VALUES (null).

ECHOFNAME PIC X Out n* Field that contains the DDNAME of the DD statements for the echo file. Must be long enough to hold the name plus 1 character at the end filled with LOW_VALUES (null).

INAREA PIC X In n* Converter input area. Make it the size of the record described in the input DDL member.

OUTAREA PIC X Out n* Converter output area. Make it the size of the record described in the output DDL member.

RETCODE PIC X Out 1 Return code value that indicates the status of the program call. Must be checked to ensure a zero value after each call. Return codes are listed in Chapter 4, “Converter Error Codes.”

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Calling the Customer Data Parser API from COBOL 2-11

Calling the Customer Data Parser API from COBOLCOBOL calls to the Customer Data Parser call a function (subroutine) that is used to open the Parser, parse the input name and address (INA), and close the Parser. There are three different call types as detailed by the ‘ACTION’ parameter. Each call uses the same parameters with a different ACTION value.

PA#PRSI Function CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-ACTION

W100-PARM-AREAW100-INPUT-AREA W100-OUTPUT-AREA W100-DUMMY-ADDRESSW100-PARMFILE-NAME W100-PR-CONTROL-AREA.

where:

01 W100-ACTION PIC X(01) VALUE SPACES.01 W100-PARM-AREA PIC X(3000) VALUE SPACES.01 W100-INPUT-AREA 05 W100-INPUT-LINE1 PIC X(100) VALUE SPACES. 05 W100-INPUT-LINE2 PIC X(100) VALUE SPACES. 05 W100-INPUT-LINE3 PIC X(100) VALUE SPACES. 05 W100-INPUT-LINE4 PIC X(100) VALUE SPACES. 05 W100-INPUT-LINE5 PIC X(100) VALUE SPACES. 05 W100-INPUT-LINE6 PIC X(100) VALUE SPACES. 05 W100-INPUT-LINE7 PIC X(100) VALUE SPACES. 05 W100-INPUT-LINE8 PIC X(100) VALUE SPACES. 05 W100-INPUT-LINE9 PIC X(100) VALUE SPACES. 05 W100-INPUT-LINE10 PIC X(100) VALUE SPACES.01 W100-OUTPUT-AREA PIC X(10000) VALUE SPACES.01 FILLER REDEFINES W100-OUTPUT-AREA 05 W100-RETURN-CODE PIC X(01). 05 FILLER PIC X(9999).01 W100-DUMMY-ADDRESS PIC X(1).01 W100-PARMFILE-NAME 05 W100-FNAME PIC X(6) VALUE SPACES. 05 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-SUBPGM-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE ‘PA#PRSI’.

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-12 Required Resources

This table lists parameters used for COBOL calls to the Customer Data Parser.

n* = Platform-specific width of a file name. Note that all file names should terminate with a null character after the last valid file name character.

Required ResourcesSYSPRINT SYSOUTTRILMSGS PASTATPPARMS PAREPORTPAREJECT PALOGPADSP TABLEDEFTABLEPAT TABLECITTABLEAUX

Table 2.4 Customer Data Parser Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

ACTION PIC X In 1 Defines the call type as either O=Open, P=Process, or C=Close.

PARMAREA PIC X Out 3000 To be filled in with parameters from the CDP.

INAREA PIC X In 1000 User input consisting of the names and addresses to be processed by the Customer Data Parser.

OUTAREA PIC X Out 10,000 Contains output generated by the CDP. See Chapter 4 for the PREPOS data layout.

NULL PIC X 4 Contains low values.

PARMFNAME PIC X Out n* Character field that contains the DDNAME of the DD statements of the pfparser parameter file. Must be long enough to hold the name plus 1 character at the end filled with LOW_VALUES (NULL). See the Batch User’s Guide for a description of this file.

CONTROL PIC X In/Out

16 Control work area built on the Open call, then used during the Process and Close calls. If ACTION is either P or C=In; if ACTION is O=Out.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Calling the Business Data Parser API from COBOL 2-13

Calling the Business Data Parser API from COBOLThe GA#PRSI function (subroutine) is called by COBOL. It is used with ACTION variations in the calling program to open the BDP, to parse the input data, and to close the BDP.

A detailed description of each parameter is contained in the table below. There are three different call types as detailed by the ‘ACTION’ parameter. Each call uses the same parameters with a different ACTION value. For more information about Business Data Parser functionality, see the Batch User’s Guide.

GA#PRSI Function

CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-ACTIONW100-PARM-AREAW100-INPUT-AREA W100-OUTPUT-AREA W100-DUMMY-ADDRESSW100-PARMFILE-NAME W100-BPR-CONTROL-AREA.

where:

01 W100-ACTION PIC X(01) VALUE SPACES.01 W100-PARM-AREA PIC X(8008) VALUE SPACES.01 W100-INPUT-AREA PIC X(1000) VALUE SPACES.01 W100-OUTPUT-AREA PIC X(13000) VALUE SPACES.01 FILLER REDEFINES W100-OUTPUT-AREA 05 W100-RETURN-CODE PIC X(01). 05 FILLER PIC X(12999).01 W100-DUMMY-ADDRESS PIC X(1).01 W100-PARMFILE-NAME 05 W100-FNAME PIC X(6) VALUE SPACES. 05 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-BPR-CONTROL-AREA PIC X(16) VALUE SPACES.01 W100-SUBPGM-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE ‘GA#PRSI’.

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-14 GA#PRSI Function

This table describes parms used for COBOL calls to the Business Data Parser.

n* = Platform-specific width of a file name. Note that all file names should terminate with a null character after the last valid file name character.

Table 2.5 Business Data Parser Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

ACTION PIC X In 1 Defines the call type as either O=Open, P=Process, or C=Close.

PARMAREA PIC X Out 8,008 To be filled in with parameters from the BDP.

INAREA PIC X In Variable (max 1000)

User input consisting of the data to be processed by the Business Data Parser.

OUTAREA PIC X Out 13,000 Contains output generated by the BDP. See Chapter 4 for the BDP PREPOS data layout.

NULL PIC X 4 Contains low values.

PARMFNAME PIC X Out n* Character field containing the DDNAME of the DD statements of the pfparser parameter file. Must be long enough to hold the name plus 1 character at the end filled with LOW_VALUES (NULL).

See the Batch User’s Guide for a description of this parameter file.

CONTROL PIC X In/Out

16 Control work area built on the Open call, then used during the Process and Close calls. If ACTION is either P or C=In; if ACTION is O=Out.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Calling the Global Data Router API from COBOL 2-15

Calling the Global Data Router API from COBOLA detailed description of each parameter is included in the table below. There are three different call types as detailed by the ‘ACTION’ parameter. Each call uses the same parameters with a different ACTION value.

For more information about Global Data Router functionality, see the Batch User’s Guide.

RT#ROUT Function

CALL 'W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-ACTION W100-CONTROL-AREA W100-PARMFILE-NAME W100-ECHOFILE-NAME W100-INPUT-RECORD W100-ROUTER-OUTPUT W100-WEIGHT W100-RETURN-CODE.where:

01 W100-ACTION PIC X(1).01 W100-CONTROL-AREA PIC X(16).01 W100-PARMFILE-NAME. 05 W100-PARMFNM PIC X(08) VALUE 'PFRTRPRM'. 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-ECHOFILE-NAME. 05 W100-ECHOFNM PIC X(08) VALUE 'PFECHO '. 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-INPUT-RECORD PIC X(1000).01 W100-ROUTER-OUTPUT. 05 W100-ROUTOUT-AREA OCCURS 50 TIMES INDEXED BY ROUT-IDX.

10 W100-ROUTOUT-CO-CODE PIC X(02).10 FILLER PIC X(01).

01 W100-WEIGHT PIC 9(07) COMP.01 W100-RETURN-CODE PIC 9(07) COMP VALUE ZERO.01 W100-SUBPGM-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE ‘RT#ROUT’.

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-16 RT#ROUT Function

This table describes parameters used for COBOL calls to the Router.

AN = AlphanumericBIN = Binary

Table 2.6 Global Data Router Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

ACTION AN In 1 Defines the call type as either O=Open, P=Process, or C=Close.

CONTROL-AREA AN 16 Control work area built on the Open call, then used during Process and Close calls. If ACTION is either P or C=In; if ACTION is O=Out.

PARMFILE-NAME AN In Variable Name of the parameter file used by the program.

ECHOFILE-NAME AN In Variable Name of parameter echo file that file contents will be written to upon initialization.

INPUT-RECORD AN In Variable Pointer to the input data record.

ROUTER-OUTPUT AN Out Pointer to a buffer used to hold the data returned by the program.

WEIGHT BIN Out 4 A buffer to hold the weight value returned by the program.

RETURN-CODE BIN Out 4 A buffer to hold the return code value from the program execution. See Chapter 4 for Router error codes.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Calling the US Postal Geocoder API from COBOL 2-17

Calling the US Postal Geocoder API from COBOLThe following US Postal Geocoder function (subroutine) is called:

PM#MTCI Function

PM#MTCI Opens the US Postal Geocoder, matches the PMA to the postal directory, and closes the Geocoder.

If your US Geocoder process includes DPV and LACSLink tables, use the PM#CASS function, which is described on page 2-21.

CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-ACTIONW100-PM-CONTROL-AREAW100-STREET-INFO W100-RETURN-INFO W100-INAREAW100-FINAL-INFO W100-DISPLAY-BASEW100-DATABASE-DATE W100-LIST-NAME W100-PROCESSOR-NAMEW100-FORM-FILE-NAME W100-LEV1-NAMEW100-LEV2-NAMEW100-BASE-NAMEW100-STREET-BUFFW100-DET-BUFF

where:

01 W100-SUBPGM-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE ‘PM#MTCI’01 W100-ACTION PIC X(01) VALUE SPACES.01 W100-PM-CONTROL-AREA PIC X(16) VALUE SPACES. 01 W100-STREET-INFO PIC X(247) VALUE SPACES.01 W100-FINAL-INFO PIC X(127) VALUE SPACES.01 W100-RETURN-INFO 05 W100-OUT-RET-CODE PIC X(01). 05 W100-FULL-POSTCD PIC X(09). 05 W100-STR-NAME PIC X(22). 05 W100-STR-PRE-DIR PIC X(02). 05 W100-STR-POST-DIR PIC X(02). 05 W100-STR-SUFFIX PIC X(04). 05 W100-CR-ROUTE PIC X(04). 05 W100-SCND-TYPE PIC X(04). 05 W100-REC-TYPE PIC X(02). 05 W100-FAIL-LEVEL PIC X(01). 05 W100-POST-CITY-NAME PIC X(30). 05 W100-URB-CITY-NAME PIC X(30).

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-18 PM#MTCI Function

05 W100-POSTCD-CHG-IND PIC X(01). 88 W100-POSTCD-CHGD VALUE 'Y'.

05 W100-CITY-CHG-IND PIC X(01). 88 W100-CITY-CHGD VALUE 'Y'.

05 W100-STRNAME-CHG-IND PIC X(01). 88 W100-STRNAME-CHGD VALUE 'Y'.

05 W100-STR-COMP-CHG-IND PIC X(01). 88 W100-STR-COMP-CHGD VALUE 'Y'.

05 W100-STR-NAME-LONG PIC X(28). 05 W100-LACS-IND PIC X(01). 05 W100-BLDG-IND PIC X(01). 05 W100-COUNTY-NUMBER PIC X(03). 05 W100-CONGRES-DIST PIC X(02) 05 FILLER PIC X(01).01 W100-INAREA PIC X(01) VALUE SPACES.01 W100-DISPLAY-BASE

05 W100-DISPBASE-VALUE PIC X(01) VALUE SPACES.05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.

01 W100-DATABASE-DATE. 05 W100-DATE PIC X(8) VALUE SPACES. 05 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-LIST-NAME. 05 W100-LNAME PIC X(06) VALUE SPACES. 05 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-PROCESSOR-NAME. 05 W100-PNAME PIC X(06) VALUE SPACES. 05 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-FORM-FILE-NAME. 05 W100-FNAME PIC X(06) VALUE SPACES. 05 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-LEV1-NAME. 05 W100-L1NAME PIC X(06) VALUE SPACES. 05 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-LEV2-NAME. 05 W100-L2NAME PIC X(06) VALUE SPACES. 05 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-BASE-NAME. 05 W100-BNAME PIC X(06) VALUE SPACES. 05 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 0130000001 W100-STREET-BUFF PIC X(30000) VALUE SPACES.01 W100-DET-BUFF PIC X(6150) VALUE SPACES..

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

PM#MTCI Function 2-19

This table lists parameters used for COBOL calls to the US Postal Geocoder.

Table 2.7 US Postal Geocoder Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

ACTION AN In 1 Defines the call type as either O=Open, P=Process, R=Minimal Open, or C=Close.

CONTROL AN In/Out

16 Control work area built on the Open call, then used during the Process and Close calls. If ACTION is either P, R, or C=In; if ACTION is O=Out.

STREET-INFO AN In 247 Field that contains information to match against postal match system. See the section “US Postal Geocoder Input/Output Data” on page 3-46.

RETURN-INFO AN Out 151 Field containing info returned by US Geocoder. See “US Postal Geocoder Input/Output Data” on page 3-46.

INAREA AN Not currently used.

FINAL-OUT-BUFFER

AN Out 117 Final return area.

DISPLAY-BASEDATA

AN In n* Displays control information. See the section “DISPLAY_BASEDATA Parameter Options” on page 3-61.

DATABASE-DATE AN In 9 Field that contains the database date of US Postal Directory in MMM YYYY format. Optional; else low values. Must be long enough to hold the value + 1 character at the end to fill with low values.

LIST-NAME AN In 54 Field that contains the name of list to match against US Postal Directory. Must be long enough to hold the value plus 1 character at the end to fill with low values.

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-20 PM#MTCI Function

n* = File names are the DDNAME of DD statement pointing to the file. Make it long enough to hold the name plus one character at the end and filled with LOW_VALUES (NULL). Maximum length is 9.

AN = Alphanumeric

PROCESSOR-NAME AN In 54 Field that contains the name of processor; must be long enough to hold the value plus 1 character at the end to fill with low values.

FORM-FILE-NAME AN In n* Not applicable

LEV1-NAME AN In n* Character field that contains the file name for the Level 1 index for US Directory. (PMBUL1)

LEV2-NAME AN In n* Character field containing file name of Level 2 index for the US Postal Directory. (PMBUL2)

BASE-NAME AN In n* Character field that contains the file name of the input US Postal Directory basedata file. (PMBUBD)

STREET-NAME-BUFFER

AN Out 30,000 Contains street names, when DISPLAY-BASEDATA = (3, A, B); can contain 1,000 30-character street names.

DETAILS-BUFFER AN Out 6,150 Field containing street details for possible matches, when DISPLAY-BASEDATA = (3, A, B); populated only when FAIL-LEVEL = 0, 4, or 5. Can contain 50 occurrences of Match Possibilities Data Area.

See the section “US Match Possibilities Data Area” in Chapter 4 of this document, for a layout of the fields included in this buffer.

Table 2.7 US Postal Geocoder Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Required Resources 2-21

Required ResourcesSYSOUT SYSPRINT TRILMSGS PMFORMPMBUBD PMBUL1 PMBUL2 PMSTAT

Calling the US Geocoder API from COBOL (DPV, LACSLink, and SuiteLink Supported)There are three call types as detailed by the ‘USGEOWS-ACTION’ parameter. Each call uses the same parameters (Table 2.8) with a different ACTION value.

The following function (subroutine) is called.

In accordance with United States Postal Service policy, LACSLink and DPV data files must not be sent out of the United States.

Beginning in v7.15.2, DPV, LACSLink, SuiteLink, and RDI products of the US Postal Geocoder became compliant with the new USPS encryption standard. As a result, the US Postal Geocoder and these USPS products distributed by Trillium Software have been updated. There are no changes to the PM#CASS function for calling the US Postal Geocoder and all new parameters belong to the following pointers:

• USGEOWS-DPV-POINTERS• USGEOWS-LACS-FILENAMES-POINTERS

However, when you start using the updated USPS products, you must recompile any source program calling PM#CASS with the updated US Postal Geocoder module. You also must use only one DPV Hash file by setting USGEOWS-DPVHASH000-NAME to the DD name of the DD Statement in the JCL that references the DPV Hash file.

As of August 1, 2017, Trillium Software will no longer make available these USPS product directories with the old encryption standard. Trillium Software will make available both new and old product

PM#CASS Opens the US Geocoder, matches the PMA, and closes the Geocoder.

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-22 PM#CASS Function

directories until then, but you will need to update your software and product directories as soon as possible.

If you do not update software to v7.15.2 or later by August 1, 2017, the old product directories can still be used until the files expire on October 31st. If you do use the old product directories past August 1,2017, you should not update the US postal files as these should remain in sync with the old product directories for processing.

These USPS products are not available for CICS.

See Geocoders for details of new requirements such as the new parameters. See the technical bulletin Changes to United States Postal Geocoder (TSS Version 7.15.2) for details of the new product directories. The technical bulletin is available from the TSS software FTP site and documentation pages of the Trillium Software Customer Portal website.

PM#CASS FunctionCALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING USGEOWS-ACTION USGEOWS-PM-CONTROL-AREA USGEOWS-STREET-INFO USGEOWS-RETURN-INFO USGEOWS-RETURN-AREA2 USGEOWS-INAREA USGEOWS-FINAL-INFO USGEOWS-DISPLAY-BASE USGEOWS-DATABASE-DATE USGEOWS-LIST-NAME USGEOWS-PROCESSOR-NAME USGEOWS-FORM-FILE-NAME USGEOWS-POSTAL-FILENAMES-POINTERS USGEOWS-DPV-POINTERS USGEOWS-LACS-FILENAMES-POINTERS

USGEOWS-SLNK-DDS-POINTERSUSGEOWS-USGEOWS-ABREV-NAME

USGEOWS-STREET-BUFF USGEOWS-DET-BUFF.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

PM#CASS Function 2-23

Para

USGE ss,

USGECont

en

n; if

USGE This tes)

put

USGEinfo

der. rea” ,

USGEarea2

der. rea” ,

USGE

USGE

er 4

USGEbase

US ” in

USGEdate

ta

Table 2.8 US Geocoder Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

meter Type Use Length Description

OWS-Action AN In 1 Defines the call type as O=Open, P=ProceR=Minimal Open, or C=Close.

OWS-PM-rol-area

AN In/Out 16 Control work area built on the Open call, thused during Process, Minimal Open, and Close calls, If Action is either P, R, or C=IAction is O=Out.

OWS-Street-info AN In 247 Information to match against US Geocoder. is the input (130 bytes) and output (117 bygeographic match section of the Parser repository area. See “US Postal Geocoder Inand Output Data” in Chapter 4 of the TSS Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2.

OWS-Return- AN Out 151 Information returned by the US Postal GeocoSee “US Postal Geocoder Return Info Data Ain Chapter 4 of the TSS Programmer’s GuideVolume 2.

OWS-Return- AN Out 30 Information returned by the US Postal GeocoSee “US Postal Geocoder Return Info Data Ain Chapter 4 of the TSS Programmer’s GuideVolume 2.

OWS-Inarea AN In 1

OWS-Final-info AN Out 117 Final return area. Format is the same as theOutput Geographic Match section. See “US Postal Geocoder Input/Output Data” in Chaptof the TSS Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2.

OWS-Display- AN In 2 Controls how postal data is displayed. See “Postal Geocoder DISPLAY_BASEDATA ValuesChapter 4 of the TSS Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2.

OWS-Database- AN In 8 Database date of the US Postal directory, inMMM YYYY format. Optional override for dataht appears in PMBUBD file.

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-24 PM#CASS Function

USGE

USGEname

USGEname

USGEfilena

USGEpointe

PV

USGEfilena

ACS

USGEPOIN

USGE reet

USGE reet

the

USGENAME

the

W100 t,

Ta )

Para

OWS-List-name AN In 54 Not applicable.

OWS-Processor- AN In 54 Name of processor to print on postal form.

OWS-Form-file- AN In n Not applicable.

OWS-Postal-mes-pointers

Array Of Pointers

In 3 Pointers to the file names of the US Postal directory (PMBUL1, PMBUL2, PMBUBD).

OWS-Dpv-rs

Array Of Pointers

In 110 Pointers to the file names and settings for Dprocessing.

OWS-Lacs-mes-pointers

Array Of Pointers

In 21 Pointers to the file names and settings for Lprocessing.

OWS-SLNK-DDS-TERS

Array Of Pointers

In 6 Pointers to the file names and settings for SuiteLink processing.

OWS-Street-buff AN Out 30,000 Fields containing up to 1000 30-character stnames when Display-Base = 3, A, or B.

OWS-Det-buff AN Out 6,150 Field that contains up to 50 occurrences of stdetails for possible matches when the Display-Base value is 3, A, or B, and whenFail Level is 0, 4, or 5. See “US Match Possibilities” in Chapter 4 of the TSS Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

OWS-ABREV- AN In n* Character field that contains the file name ofInput US Postal Directory Abbreviations file.

-SUBPGM-NAME AN In 8 Field that contains name of CASS entry poinPM#CASS.

ble 2.8 US Geocoder Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe) (Continued

meter Type Use Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Using One Hash File 2-25

n* = File names are the DDNAME of DD statement pointing to the file. Make it long enough to hold the name plus one character at the end and filled with LOW_VALUES (NULL). Maximum length is 9.

AN = Alphanumeric

Using One Hash FileTo use one DPV Hash file, set USGEOWS-DPVHASH000-NAME to the DD name of the DD Statement in the JCL that references the DPV Hash file. Set the rest of the DPV Hash file names (USGEOWS-DPVHASH001-NAME through USGEOWS-DPVHASH099-NAME) equal to LOW-VALUES.

Sample Source ProgramThe following is a sample source program that calls pmbmtch for DPV and LACSLink. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------/* Struct to hold DPV parm values */typedef struct _dpvparms{char * ini_name;char * lcd_table_name;char * cmra_table_name;char * fake_table_name;char * hash_table_name[100];char * hash_num;char * unlock_code;char * title;char * swap_lcd;char * false_positives;char * qa_test;char * vacant_table_name;char * nostat_table_name;char * pbsa_table_name;char * false_fname; /* DPV false positive file name */char * false_name; /* Your company name */char * false_address; /* Street address of your company */char * false_city; /* City name of your company’s address */char * false_state; /* State name of your company’s address */char * false_zip9; /* Postal code of your company’s address */} dpvparms;

/* Struct to hold Lacs parm values */

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-26 Sample Source Program

typedef struct _lacsparms{char * header;char * hash;char * hint;char * lfrt;char * rv9;char * hash1;char * hash2;char * hash3;char * hash4;char * hash5;char * hash6;char * prino;char * secno;char * sectyp;char * sname;char * stype;char * crid;char * last;char * street;char * unlock_code;char * neigh;char * false_fname; /* LACS false positive file name */} lacsparms;

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Working Storage Code 2-27

Working Storage CodeThe following code shows what values are passed to each calling argument. The new or modified sections for v7.15.2 or later are highlighted in bold.*********************************************************************************** US POSTAL MATCHER CALL FIELDS DEFINITION* FOR US POSTAL GEOCODER CALL* AREAS PASSED TO THE POSTAL GEOCODER MODULE PM#CASS**********************************************************************************

01110000

01 USGEOWS-ACTION PIC X(01) VALUE SPACES. 01120000

01130000

01 USGEOWS-PM-CONTROL-AREA PIC X(16) VALUE SPACES. 01140000

01150000

01 USGEOWS-STREET-INFO PIC X(247) VALUE SPACES. 01160000

01170000

01 USGEOWS-RETURN-INFO VALUE SPACES. 01180000

05 USGEOWS-OUT-RET-CODE PIC X(01). 01190000

05 USGEOWS-FULL-POSTCD PIC X(09). 01200000

05 USGEOWS-STR-NAME PIC X(22). 01210000

05 USGEOWS-STR-PRE-DIR PIC X(02). 01220000

05 USGEOWS-STR-POST-DIR PIC X(02). 01230000

05 USGEOWS-STR-SUFFIX PIC X(04). 01240000

05 USGEOWS-CR-ROUTE PIC X(04). 01250000

05 USGEOWS-SCND-TYPE PIC X(04). 01260000

05 USGEOWS-REC-TYPE PIC X(02). 01270000

05 USGEOWS-FAIL-LEVEL PIC X(01). 01280000

05 USGEOWS-POST-CITY-NAME PIC X(30). 01290000

05 USGEOWS-URB-CITY-NAME PIC X(30). 01300000

05 USGEOWS-POSTCD-CHG-IND PIC X(01). 01310000

88 USGEOWS-POSTCD-CHGD VALUE 'Y'. 01320000

05 USGEOWS-CITY-CHG-IND PIC X(01). 01330000

88 USGEOWS-CITY-CHGD VALUE 'Y'. 01340000

05 USGEOWS-STRNAME-CHG-IND PIC X(01). 01350000

88 USGEOWS-STRNAME-CHGD VALUE 'Y'. 01360000

05 USGEOWS-STR-COMP-CHG-IND PIC X(01). 01370000

88 USGEOWS-STR-COMP-CHGD VALUE 'Y'. 01380000

05 USGEOWS-STR-NAME-LONG PIC X(28). 01390000

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-28 Working Storage Code

05 USGEOWS-LACS-IND PIC X(01). 01400000

05 USGEOWS-BLDG-IND PIC X(01). 01410000

05 FILLER PIC X(06). 01420000

01430000

01 USGEOWS-RETURN-AREA2 VALUE SPACES. 01440000

05 USGEOWS-LACS-FLAG PIC X(01). 01450000

05 USGEOWS-LACS-CODE PIC X(02). 01460000

05 USGEOWS-DPV-CONFIRM PIC X(01). 01470000

05 USGEOWS-DPV-CMRA PIC X(01). 01480000

05 USGEOWS-DPV-VIOLATION PIC X(01). 01490000

05 USGEOWS-DPV-FOOTNOTE1 PIC X(02). 01500000

05 USGEOWS-DPV-FOOTNOTE2 PIC X(02). 01510000

05 USGEOWS-DPV-FOOTNOTE3 PIC X(02). 01520000

05 USGEOWS-DPV-VACANT PIC X(01). 01530000

05 USGEOWS-SUITE-FLAG PIC X(01). 01540000

05 USGEOWS-SUITE-CODE PIC X(02). 01550000

05 USGEOWS-DPV-NOSTAT PIC X(01). 01560000

05 FILLER PIC X(11). 01570000

05 USGEOWS-AUX-RET-CODE PIC X(02). 01580000

01590000

01 USGEOWS-AUX-RET-CODE-CHAR PIC X(02). 01600000

01 USGEOWS-AUX-RET-CODE-BIN 01610000

REDEFINES USGEOWS-AUX-RET-CODE-CHAR PIC S9(04) COMP. 01620000

01630000

01 USGEOWS-INAREA PIC X(01) VALUE SPACES. 01640000

01650000

01 USGEOWS-FINAL-INFO PIC X(117) VALUE SPACES. 01660000

01670000

01 USGEOWS-DISPLAY-BASE. 01680000

05 USGEOWS-DB-VALUE PIC X(01) VALUE 'N'. 01690021

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 01700000

01710000

01 USGEOWS-DATABASE-DATE. 01720000

05 USGEOWS-DATE PIC X(8) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 01730000

05 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 01740000

01750000

01 USGEOWS-LIST-NAME. 01760000

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Working Storage Code 2-29

05 USGEOWS-LNAME PIC X(09) VALUE 'CASS TEST'. 01770000

05 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 01780000

01790000

01 USGEOWS-PROCESSOR-NAME. 01800000

05 USGEOWS-PNAME PIC X(12) VALUE 'SYNCSORT INC'. 01810014

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 01830000

01840000

01 USGEOWS-FORM-FILE-NAME. 01850000

05 USGEOWS-FNAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'USFORM'. 01860000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 01870000

01880000

01 USGEOWS-POSTAL-DDS-POINTERS 01891000

USAGE IS POINTER. 01900000

05 USGEOWS-POSTALL1-DD-ADDR. 01910000

05 USGEOWS-POSTALL2-DD-ADDR. 01920000

05 USGEOWS-POSTALBD-DD-ADDR. 01930000

01940000

01 USGEOWS-DPV-POINTERS 01950000

USAGE IS POINTER. 01960000

05 USGEOWS-DPVINI-DD-ADDR. 01970000

05 USGEOWS-DPVLCD-DD-ADDR. 01980000

05 USGEOWS-DPVCMRA-DD-ADDR. 01990000

05 USGEOWS-DPVFAKE-DD-ADDR. 02000000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH000-DD-ADDR. 02010011

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH001-DD-ADDR. 02020000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH002-DD-ADDR. 02030000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH003-DD-ADDR. 02040000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH004-DD-ADDR. 02050000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH005-DD-ADDR. 02060000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH006-DD-ADDR. 02070000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH007-DD-ADDR. 02080000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH008-DD-ADDR. 02090000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH009-DD-ADDR. 02100000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH010-DD-ADDR. 02110000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH011-DD-ADDR. 02120000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH012-DD-ADDR. 02130000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH013-DD-ADDR. 02140000

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-30 Working Storage Code

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH014-DD-ADDR. 02150000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH015-DD-ADDR. 02160000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH016-DD-ADDR. 02170000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH017-DD-ADDR. 02180000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH018-DD-ADDR. 02190000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH019-DD-ADDR. 02200000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH020-DD-ADDR. 02210000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH021-DD-ADDR. 02220000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH022-DD-ADDR. 02230000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH023-DD-ADDR. 02240000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH024-DD-ADDR. 02250000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH025-DD-ADDR. 02260000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH026-DD-ADDR. 02270000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH027-DD-ADDR. 02280000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH028-DD-ADDR. 02290000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH029-DD-ADDR. 02300000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH030-DD-ADDR. 02310000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH031-DD-ADDR. 02320000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH032-DD-ADDR. 02330000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH033-DD-ADDR. 02340000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH034-DD-ADDR. 02350000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH035-DD-ADDR. 02360000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH036-DD-ADDR. 02370000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH037-DD-ADDR. 02380000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH038-DD-ADDR. 02390000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH039-DD-ADDR. 02400000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH040-DD-ADDR. 02410000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH041-DD-ADDR. 02420000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH042-DD-ADDR. 02430000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH043-DD-ADDR. 02440000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH044-DD-ADDR. 02450000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH045-DD-ADDR. 02460000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH046-DD-ADDR. 02470000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH047-DD-ADDR. 02480000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH048-DD-ADDR. 02490000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH049-DD-ADDR. 02500000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH050-DD-ADDR. 02510000

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Working Storage Code 2-31

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH051-DD-ADDR. 02520000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH052-DD-ADDR. 02530000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH053-DD-ADDR. 02540000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH054-DD-ADDR. 02550000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH055-DD-ADDR. 02560000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH056-DD-ADDR. 02570000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH057-DD-ADDR. 02580000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH058-DD-ADDR. 02590000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH059-DD-ADDR. 02600000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH060-DD-ADDR. 02610000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH061-DD-ADDR. 02620000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH062-DD-ADDR. 02630000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH063-DD-ADDR. 02640000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH064-DD-ADDR. 02650000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH065-DD-ADDR. 02660000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH066-DD-ADDR. 02670000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH067-DD-ADDR. 02680000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH068-DD-ADDR. 02690000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH069-DD-ADDR. 02700000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH070-DD-ADDR. 02710000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH071-DD-ADDR. 02720000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH072-DD-ADDR. 02730000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH073-DD-ADDR. 02740000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH074-DD-ADDR. 02750000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH075-DD-ADDR. 02760000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH076-DD-ADDR. 02770000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH077-DD-ADDR. 02780000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH078-DD-ADDR. 02790000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH079-DD-ADDR. 02800000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH080-DD-ADDR. 02810000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH081-DD-ADDR. 02820000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH082-DD-ADDR. 02830000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH083-DD-ADDR. 02840000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH084-DD-ADDR. 02850000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH085-DD-ADDR. 02860000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH086-DD-ADDR. 02870000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH087-DD-ADDR. 02880000

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-32 Working Storage Code

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH088-DD-ADDR. 02890000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH089-DD-ADDR. 02900000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH090-DD-ADDR. 02910000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH091-DD-ADDR. 02920000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH092-DD-ADDR. 02930000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH093-DD-ADDR. 02940000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH094-DD-ADDR. 02950000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH095-DD-ADDR. 02960000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH096-DD-ADDR. 02970000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH097-DD-ADDR. 02980000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH098-DD-ADDR. 02990000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH099-DD-ADDR. 03000000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASHNUM-ADDR. 03010000

05 USGEOWS-DPVUNLOCK-ADDR. 03020000

05 USGEOWS-DPVTITLE-ADDR. 03030000

05 USGEOWS-DPVSWAPLCD-ADDR. 03040000

05 USGEOWS-DPVFALSPOS-ADDR. 03040000

05 USGEOWS-DPVQATEST-ADDR. 03060000

05 USGEOWS-DPVVCNTBL-ADDR. 03070000 05 USGEOWS-DPVNSTAT-ADDR. 03080000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHSP-ADDR. 03082014 05 USDPV-FAKE-FILE-NAME-ADDR. 03082020 05 USDPV-FAKE-NAME-ADDR. 03082021 05 USDPV-FAKE-ADDR-ADDR. 03082022 05 USDPV-FAKE-CITY-ADDR. 03082023 05 USDPV-FAKE-STATE-ADDR. 03082024 05 USDPV-FAKE-ZIP-ADDR. 03082025 03090000

01 USGEOWS-LACS-DDS-POINTERS 03100000

USAGE IS POINTER. 03110000

05 USGEOWS-LACSHEADER-DD-ADDR. 03120000

05 USGEOWS-LACSHASH-DD-ADDR. 03130000

05 USGEOWS-LACSHINT-DD-ADDR. 03140000

05 USGEOWS-LACSLFRT-DD-ADDR. 03150000

05 USGEOWS-LACSRV9-DD-ADDR. 03160000

05 USGEOWS-LACSHASH1-DD-ADDR. 03170000

05 USGEOWS-LACSHASH2-DD-ADDR. 03180000

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Working Storage Code 2-33

05 USGEOWS-LACSHASH3-DD-ADDR. 03190000

05 USGEOWS-LACSHASH4-DD-ADDR. 03200000

05 USGEOWS-LACSHASH5-DD-ADDR. 03210000

05 USGEOWS-LACSHASH6-DD-ADDR. 03220000

05 USGEOWS-LACSPRINO-DD-ADDR. 03230000

05 USGEOWS-LACSSECNO-DD-ADDR. 03240000

05 USGEOWS-LACSSECTYP-DD-ADDR. 03250000

05 USGEOWS-LACSSNAME-DD-ADDR. 03260000

05 USGEOWS-LACSSTYPE-DD-ADDR. 03270000

05 USGEOWS-LACSCRID-DD-ADDR. 03280000

05 USGEOWS-LACSLAST-DD-ADDR. 03290000

05 USGEOWS-LACSSTREET-DD-ADDR. 03300000

05 USGEOWS-LACSUNLOCK-CODE-ADDR. 03310000

05 USGEOWS-LACSNEIGH-DD-ADDR. 03320000

05 USLACS-FAKE-FILE-NAME-ADDR. 03320100 03330000

01 USGEOWS-SLNK-DDS-POINTERS 03340000

USAGE IS POINTER. 03350000

05 USGEOWS-SLNKHEADER-DD-ADDR. 03360000

05 USGEOWS-SLNKLCD-DD-ADDR. 03370000

05 USGEOWS-SLNKLKUP-DD-ADDR. 03380000

05 USGEOWS-SLNKNINE-DD-ADDR. 03390000

05 USGEOWS-SLNKNOISE-DD-ADDR. 03400000

05 USGEOWS-SLNKNORMAL-DD-ADDR. 03410000

03420000

01 USGEOWS-STREETS-AREA VALUE SPACES. 03430000

05 USGEOWS-STREET-NAME PIC X(30) 03440000

OCCURS 1000 TIMES 03450000

INDEXED BY USGEOWS-STREET-IDX. 03460000

03470000

01 USGEOWS-DETAILS-AREA VALUE SPACES. 03480000

05 USGEOWS-DETAIL-AREA OCCURS 50 TIMES 03490000

INDEXED BY USGEOWS-DETAIL-IDX. 03500000

10 USGEOWS-DET-POSTAL-CODE PIC X(05). 03510000

10 USGEOWS-DET-ADDR-PRIM-LOW PIC X(10). 03520000

10 USGEOWS-DET-ADDR-PRIM-HI PIC X(10). 03530000

10 USGEOWS-DET-ADDR-PRIM-OE PIC X(01). 03540000

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-34 Working Storage Code

10 USGEOWS-DET-STR-PRE-DIR PIC X(02). 03550000

10 USGEOWS-DET-STR-NAME PIC X(28). 03560000

10 USGEOWS-DET-STR-SUFFIX PIC X(04). 03570000

10 USGEOWS-DET-STR-POST-DIR PIC X(02). 03580000

10 USGEOWS-DET-BLDG-NAME PIC X(40). 03590000

10 USGEOWS-DET-ADDR-SEC-TYP PIC X(04). 03600000

10 USGEOWS-DET-ADDR-SEC-LOW PIC X(08). 03610000

10 USGEOWS-DET-ADDR-SEC-HI PIC X(08). 03620000

10 USGEOWS-DET-ADDR-SEC-OE PIC X(01). 03630000

03640000

01 USGEOWS-POSTALL1-DD. 03650000

05 USGEOWS-POSTALL1-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'USPMBUL1'. 03660000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 03670000

03680000

01 USGEOWS-POSTALL2-DD. 03690000

05 USGEOWS-POSTALL2-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'USPMBUL2'. 03700000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 03710000

03720000

01 USGEOWS-POSTALBD-DD. 03730000

05 USGEOWS-POSTALBD-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'USPMBUBD'. 03740000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 03750000

03760000

01 USGEOWS-LACSHEADER-DD. 03770000

05 USGEOWS-LACSHEADER-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'LACSINI'. 03780000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 03790000

03800000

01 USGEOWS-LACSHASH-DD. 03810000

05 USGEOWS-LACSHASH-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'LACSHASH'. 03820000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 03830000

03840000

01 USGEOWS-LACSHINT-DD. 03850000

05 USGEOWS-LACSHINT-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'LACSHINT'. 03860000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 03870000

03880000

01 USGEOWS-LACSLFRT-DD. 03890000

05 USGEOWS-LACSLFRT-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'LACSLR'. 03900000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 03910000

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Working Storage Code 2-35

03920000

01 USGEOWS-LACSRV9-DD. 03930000

05 USGEOWS-LACSRV9-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'LACSRV9'. 03940000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 03950000

03960000

01 USGEOWS-LACSHASH1-DD. 03970000

05 USGEOWS-LACSHASH1-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'LACSHSH1'. 03980000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 03990000

04000000

01 USGEOWS-LACSHASH2-DD. 04010000

05 USGEOWS-LACSHASH2-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'LACSHSH2'. 04020000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 04030000

04040000

01 USGEOWS-LACSHASH3-DD. 04050000

05 USGEOWS-LACSHASH3-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'LACSHSH3'. 04060000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 04070000

04080000

01 USGEOWS-LACSHASH4-DD. 04090000

05 USGEOWS-LACSHASH4-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'LACSHSH4'. 04100000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 04110000

04120000

01 USGEOWS-LACSHASH5-DD. 04130000

05 USGEOWS-LACSHASH5-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'LACSHSH5'. 04140000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 04150000

04160000

01 USGEOWS-LACSHASH6-DD. 04170000

05 USGEOWS-LACSHASH6-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'LACSHSH6'. 04180000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 04190000

04200000

01 USGEOWS-LACSPRINO-DD. 04210000

05 USGEOWS-LACSPRINO-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'LACSPRIM'. 04220000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 04230000

04240000

01 USGEOWS-LACSSECNO-DD. 04250000

05 USGEOWS-LACSSECNO-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'LACSSEC'. 04260000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 04270000

04280000

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-36 Working Storage Code

01 USGEOWS-LACSSECTYP-DD. 04290000

05 USGEOWS-LACSSECTYP-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'LACSSECT'. 04300000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 04310000

04320000

01 USGEOWS-LACSSNAME-DD. 04330000

05 USGEOWS-LACSSNAME-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'LACSSTR'. 04340000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 04350000

04360000

01 USGEOWS-LACSSTYPE-DD. 04370000

05 USGEOWS-LACSSTYPE-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'LACSSTRT'. 04380000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 04390000

04400000

01 USGEOWS-LACSCRID-DD. 04410000

05 USGEOWS-LACSCRID-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'LACSCARR'. 04420000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 04430000

04440000

01 USGEOWS-LACSLAST-DD. 04450000

05 USGEOWS-LACSLAST-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'LACSLL'. 04460000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 04470000

04480000

01 USGEOWS-LACSSTREET-DD. 04490000

05 USGEOWS-LACSSTREET-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'LACSSTRV'. 04500000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 04510000

04520000

01 USGEOWS-LACSUNLOCKCODE. 04530000

05 USGEOWS-LACSUNLOCK-CODE PIC X(10) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 04540000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 04550000

04560000

01 USGEOWS-LACSNEIGH-DD. 04570000

05 USGEOWS-LACSNEIGH-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'LACSURBX'. 04580000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 04590000

04600000

01 USGEOWS-DPVINI-DD. 04610000

05 USGEOWS-DPVINI-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'DPVINI'. 04620000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 04630000

04640000

01 USGEOWS-DPVLCD-DD. 04650000

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Working Storage Code 2-37

05 USGEOWS-DPVLCD-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'TABLCD'. 04660000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 04670000

04680000

01 USGEOWS-DPVCMRA-DD. 04690000

05 USGEOWS-DPVCMRA-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'TABCMRA'. 04700000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 04710000

04720000

01 USGEOWS-DPVFAKE-DD. 04730000

05 USGEOWS-DPVFAKE-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'TABFAKE'. 04740000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 04750000

04760000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH000-DD. 04770011 05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH000-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'TABHSA'. 04780011

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 04790011

04800011

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH001-DD. 04810000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH001-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 04820000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 04830000

04840000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH002-DD. 04850000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH002-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 04860000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 04870000

04880000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH003-DD. 04890000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH003-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 04900000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 04910000

04920000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH004-DD. 04930000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH004-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 04940000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 04950000

04960000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH005-DD. 04970000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH005-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 04980000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 04990000

05000000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH006-DD. 05010000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH006-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05020000

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-38 Working Storage Code

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05030000

05040000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH007-DD. 05050000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH007-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05060000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05070000

05080000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH008-DD. 05090000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH008-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05100000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05110000

05120000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH009-DD. 05130000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH009-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05140000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05150000

05160000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH010-DD. 05170000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH010-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05180000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05190000

05200000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH011-DD. 05210000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH011-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05220000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05230000

05240000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH012-DD. 05250000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH012-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05260000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05270000

05280000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH013-DD. 05290000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH013-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05300000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05310000

05320000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH014-DD. 05330000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH014-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05340000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05350000

05360000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH015-DD. 05370000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH015-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05380000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05390000

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Working Storage Code 2-39

05400000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH016-DD. 05410000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH016-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05420000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05430000

05440000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH017-DD. 05450000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH017-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05460000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05470000

05480000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH018-DD. 05490000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH018-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05500000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05510000

05520000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH019-DD. 05530000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH019-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05540000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05550000

05560000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH020-DD. 05570000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH020-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05580000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05590000

05600000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH021-DD. 05610000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH021-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05620000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05630000

05640000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH022-DD. 05650000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH022-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05660000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05670000

05680000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH023-DD. 05690000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH023-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05700000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05710000

05720000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH024-DD. 05730000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH024-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05740000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05750000

05760000

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-40 Working Storage Code

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH025-DD. 05770000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH025-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05780000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05790000

05800000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH026-DD. 05810000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH026-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05820000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05830000

05840000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH027-DD. 05850000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH027-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05860000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05870000

05880000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH028-DD. 05890000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH028-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05900000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05910000

05920000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH029-DD. 05930000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH029-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05940000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05950000

05960000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH030-DD. 05970000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH030-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05980000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05990000

06000000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH031-DD. 06010000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH031-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06020000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06030000

06040000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH032-DD. 06050000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH032-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06060000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06070000

06080000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH033-DD. 06090000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH033-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06100000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06110000

06120000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH034-DD. 06130000

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Working Storage Code 2-41

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH034-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06140000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06150000

06160000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH035-DD. 06170000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH035-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06180000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06190000

06200000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH036-DD. 06210000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH036-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06220000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06230000

06240000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH037-DD. 06250000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH037-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06260000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06270000

06280000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH038-DD. 06290000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH038-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06300000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06310000

06320000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH039-DD. 06330000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH039-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06340000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06350000

06360000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH040-DD. 06370000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH040-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06380000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06390000

06400000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH041-DD. 06410000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH041-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06420000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06430000

06440000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH042-DD. 06450000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH042-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06460000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06470000

06480000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH043-DD. 06490000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH043-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06500000

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-42 Working Storage Code

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06510000

06520000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH044-DD. 06530000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH044-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06540000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06550000

06560000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH045-DD. 06570000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH045-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06580000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06590000

06600000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH046-DD. 06610000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH046-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06620000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06630000

06640000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH047-DD. 06650000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH047-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06660000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06670000

06680000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH048-DD. 06690000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH048-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06700000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06710000

06720000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH049-DD. 06730000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH049-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06740000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06750000

06760000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH050-DD. 06770000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH050-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06780000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06790000

06800000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH051-DD. 06810000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH051-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06820000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06830000

06840000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH052-DD. 06850000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH052-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06860000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06870000

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Working Storage Code 2-43

06880000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH053-DD. 06890000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH053-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06900000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06910000

06920000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH054-DD. 06930000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH054-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06940000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06950000

06960000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH055-DD. 06970000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH055-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06980000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 06990000

07000000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH056-DD. 07010000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH056-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07020000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07030000

07040000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH057-DD. 07050000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH057-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07060000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07070000

07080000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH058-DD. 07090000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH058-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07100000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07110000

07120000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH059-DD. 07130000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH059-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07140000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07150000

07160000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH060-DD. 07170000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH060-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07180000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07190000

07200000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH061-DD. 07210000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH061-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07220000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07230000

07240000

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-44 Working Storage Code

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH062-DD. 07250000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH062-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07260000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07270000

07280000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH063-DD. 07290000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH063-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07300000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07310000

07320000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH064-DD. 07330000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH064-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07340000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07350000

07360000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH065-DD. 07370000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH065-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07380000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07390000

07400000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH066-DD. 07410000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH066-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07420000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07430000

07440000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH067-DD. 07450000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH067-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07460000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07470000

07480000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH068-DD. 07490000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH068-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07500000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07510000

07520000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH069-DD. 07530000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH069-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07540000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07550000

07560000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH070-DD. 07570000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH070-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07580000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07590000

07600000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH071-DD. 07610000

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Working Storage Code 2-45

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH071-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07620000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07630000

07640000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH072-DD. 07650000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH072-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07660000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07670000

07680000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH073-DD. 07690000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH073-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07700000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07710000

07720000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH074-DD. 07730000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH074-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07740000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07750000

07760000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH075-DD. 07770000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH075-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07780000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07790000

07800000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH076-DD. 07810000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH076-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07820000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07830000

07840000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH077-DD. 07850000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH077-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07860000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07870000

07880000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH078-DD. 07890000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH078-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07900000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07910000

07920000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH079-DD. 07930000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH079-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07940000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07950000

07960000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH080-DD. 07970000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH060-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07980000

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-46 Working Storage Code

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 07990000

08000000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH081-DD. 08010000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH061-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08020000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08030000

08040000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH082-DD. 08050000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH082-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08060000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08070000

08080000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH083-DD. 08090000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH083-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08100000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08110000

08120000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH084-DD. 08130000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH084-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08140000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08150000

08160000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH085-DD. 08170000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH085-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08180000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08190000

08200000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH086-DD. 08210000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH086-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08220000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08230000

08240000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH087-DD. 08250000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH087-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08260000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08270000

08280000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH088-DD. 08290000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH088-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08300000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08310000

08320000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH089-DD. 08330000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH089-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08340000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08350000

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Working Storage Code 2-47

08360000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH090-DD. 08370000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH090-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08380000

05 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08390000

08400000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH091-DD. 08410000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH091-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08420000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08430000

08440000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH092-DD. 08450000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH092-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08460000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08470000

08480000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH093-DD. 08490000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH093-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08500000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08510000

08520000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH094-DD. 08530000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH094-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08540000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08550000

08560000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH095-DD. 08570000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH095-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08580000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08590000

08600000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH096-DD. 08610000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH096-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08620000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08630000

08640000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH097-DD. 08650000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH097-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08660000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08670000

08680000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH098-DD. 08690000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH098-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08700000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08710000

08720000

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-48 Working Storage Code

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASH099-DD. 08730000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH099-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08740000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08750000

08760000

01 USGEOWS-DPVHASHNUM. 08770000

05 USGEOWS-DPVHASH-NUMBER PIC X(03) VALUE '1'. 08781019 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08790000

08800000

01 USGEOWS-DPVUNLOCK. 08810000

05 USGEOWS-DPVUNLOCK-CODE PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08820000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08830000

08840000

01 USGEOWS-DPVSWAPLCD. 08850000

05 USGEOWS-DPVSWAPLCD-CODE PIC X(08) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08860000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08870000

08880000

01 USGEOWS-DPVQATEST. 08890000

05 USGEOWS-DPVQATEST-CODE PIC X(01) VALUE 'Y'. 08900013

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08910000

08920000

01 USGEOWS-DPVVCNTBL-DD. 08930000 05 USGEOWS-DPVVCNTBL-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'TABHSV'. 08940014

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08950000

08960000

01 USGEOWS-DPVNSTAT-DD. 08970000

05 USGEOWS-DPVNSTAT-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'TABHSX'. 08980014

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 08990000

08991013

01 USGEOWS-DPVHSP-DD. 09010314

05 USGEOWS-DPVHSP-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'TABHSP'. 09010418

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 09010514

09010601

01 USDPV-FAKE-FILE-NAME. 09010700 05 USDPVFK-FNAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'TABDFAKE'. 09010701 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 09010702 09010703 01 USLACS-FAKE-FILE-NAME. 09010704

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Working Storage Code 2-49

05 USLACSFK-FNAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'TABLFAKE'. 09010705 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 09010706 09010707 01 USDPV-FAKE-NAME. 09010708 05 USDPV-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'TRILLIUM'. 09010709 05 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 09010710 09010711 01 USDPV-FAKE-ADDR. 09010712 05 USDPV-ADDR PIC X(15) VALUE '17 DISTRICT AVE'. 09010713 05 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 09010714 09010715 01 USDPV-FAKE-CITY. 09010716 05 USDPV-CITY PIC X(10) VALUE 'BURLINGTON'. 09010717 05 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 09010718 09010719 01 USDPV-FAKE-STATE. 09010720 05 USDPV-STATE PIC X(2) VALUE 'MA'. 09010721 05 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 09010722 09010723 01 USDPV-FAKE-ZIP. 09010724 05 USDPV-ZIP PIC X(5) VALUE '01803'. 09010725 05 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 09010726 09010727 01 USGEOWS-SLNKHEADER-DD. 09011000 05 USGEOWS-SLNKHEADER-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'SLKHDR01'. 09020000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 09030000

09040000

01 USGEOWS-SLNKLCD-DD. 09050000

05 USGEOWS-SLNKLCD-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'SLKLCD'. 09060001

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 09070000

09080000

01 USGEOWS-SLNKLKUP-DD. 09090000 05 USGEOWS-SLNKLKUP-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'SLKEBC'. 09100001

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 09110000

09120000

01 USGEOWS-SLNKNINE-DD. 09130000

05 USGEOWS-SLNKNINE-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'SLKNINE'. 09140001

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-50 Working Storage Code

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 09150000

09160000

01 USGEOWS-SLNKNOISE-DD. 09170000

05 USGEOWS-SLNKNOISE-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'SLKNOISE'. 09180001

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 09190000

09200000

01 USGEOWS-SLNKNORMAL-DD. 09210000

05 USGEOWS-SLNKNORMAL-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'SLKNORM'. 09220000

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 09230000

09240000

01 USGEOWS-ABREV-NAME. 09250000

05 USGEOWS-ABREVNAME PIC X(08) VALUE 'USABREV'. 09260013

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 09270000

09280000

*----------------------------------------------------------------

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Calling US Centroid Census Geocoder API from COBOL 2-51

Calling US Centroid Census Geocoder API from COBOLThe following US Centroid Census Geocoder subroutine is called.

GM#MTCI Function

GM#MTCI Opens the US Centroid Census Geocoder, matches the PMA, and closes the US Centroid Census Geocoder.

CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-ACTION,W100-MATCH-TYPE,W100-GM-CONTROL,W100-AM-CONTROL,W100-STREET-INFO,W100-GM-RETURN-INFO,W100-AM_RETURN-INFO,W100-DISPLAY-BASEDATA-STRING,W100-ALT-RTE-NAMEW100-ALT-RTE-NBR,W100-ALT-BOX-NBR,W100-ALT-POSTAL-CODE,W100-GEO-LEV1-FNAME,W100-GEO-BASE-FNAME,W100-GACI-BASE-NAME,W100-TMA-LEV1-NAME,W100-TMA-LEV2-NAME,W100-TMA-BASE-NAME.

where:01 W100-ACTION PIC X(01).01 W100-MATCH-TYPE PIC X(01).01 W100-GM-CONTROL PIC X(16).01 W100-AM-CONTROL PIC X(16).01 W100-STREET-INFO PIC X(247).01 W100-GM-RETURN-INFO PIC X(132).01 W100-AM-RETURN-INFO PIC X(70).01 W100-DISPLAY-BASEDATA-STRING PIC X(01).01 W100-ALT-RTE-NAME PIC X(20).01 W100-ALT-RTE-NBR PIC X(08).01 W100-ALT-BOX-NBR PIC X(10).

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-52 GM#MTCI Function

This table lists COBOL parameters for calls to the Centroid Census Geocoder.

Table 2.9 US Centroid Census Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

ACTION AN In 1 Defines call type as either O=Open, P=Process, or C=Close.

MATCH-TYPE AN In 1 R=Random

GM-CONTROL AN In/Out

16 XRef control work area. If ACTION is P or C=In; if is O=Out.

AM-CONTROL AN In/Out

16 If ACTION is either P or C=In; if ACTION is O=Out.

STREET-INFO AN In 247 Address of buffer containing information to match against the Centroid Census Geocoder. See US Census Centroid output data in Chapter 4.

01 W100-ALT-POSTAL-CODE PIC X(15).01 W100-GEO-LEV1-FNAME. 05 W100-GEOL1NAME PIC X(06). 05 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-GEO-BASE-FNAME. 05 W100-GEOBFNAME PIC X(06) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 05 FILLER PIC X(1).01 W100-GACI-BASE-NAME. 05 W100-GACIBNAME PIC X(06). 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-TMA-LEV1-NAME. 05 W100-TMAL1NAME PIC X(06). 05 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-TMA-LEV2-NAME. 05 W100-TMAL2NAME PIC X(06). 05 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-TMA-BASE-NAME. 05 W100-TMABNAME PIC X(06). 05 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-SUBPGM-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE ‘GM#MTCI’.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

GM#MTCI Function 2-53

GM-RETURN-INFO AN Out 132 Return buffer (132 bytes) comprised of three sections: XREF match section (48 bytes)gaci section (44 bytes)output resolved section (40 bytes)See Centroid output data in Chapter 4.

AM-RETURN-INFO AN Out 70 Consists of the 70–byte street tract section. See US Census Centroid output data in Chapter 4.

DISPLAY-BASEDATA-STRING

AN In 1 Display control values. See Chapter 4 for a list of these values.

ALT-RTE-NAME AN In 20 Alternate route name (optional, if available)

ALT-RTE-NBR AN In 8 Alternate route number (optional, if available).

ALT-BOX-NBR AN In 10 Alternate box number (optional, if available).

ALT-POSTAL-CODE AN In 15 Alternate postal code (optional, if available).

GEO-LEV1-FNAME AN In n* XRef Level 1 index for Centroid Census Geocoding directory.

GEO-BASE-FNAME AN In n* File containing Census directory basedata.

GACI-BASE-NAME AN In n* US Centroid Census Geocoding directory.

TMA-LEV1-NAME AN In n* File containing Level 1 index for US Centroid Census Geocoding directory (street-based). (AMBUL1)

TMA-LEV2-NAME AN In n* File that contains Level 2 index for US Centroid Census Geocoding directory (street-based). (AMBUL2)

Table 2.9 US Centroid Census Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-54 Calling the US Interpolated Rooftop Census Geocoder API from COBOL

n* = Platform-specific width of a file name. Note that all file names should terminate with a null character after the last valid file name character.

AN = Alphanumeric

Calling the US Interpolated Rooftop Census Geocoder API from COBOLThe following sample shows a COBOL Open Call to the Rooftop Census Geocoder. A detailed description of each parameter is included in the table below. There are three call types as detailed by the ‘ACTION’ parameter. Each call uses the same parameters with a different ACTION value.

The following function (subroutine) is called.

TMA-BASE-NAME AN In n* File that contains US Centroid Census Geocoding directory basedata (street-based). (AMBUBD)

HM#MTCI Opens the US Interpolated Rooftop Census Geocoder, matches the PMA, and closes the Geocoder.

Table 2.9 US Centroid Census Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

HM#MTCI Function 2-55

HM#MTCI Function CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-ACTION

W100-CONTROL-AREAW100-STREET-INFOW100-RETURN-INFOW100-DISPLAY-BASEDATAW100-HM-LEV1-NAMEW100-HM-LEV2-NAMEW100-HM-BASE1-FNAMEW100-HM-BASE2-FNAMEW100-HM-BASE3-FNAMEW100-HM-BASE4-FNAMEW100-HM-MSA-NAME

where:

01 W100-ACTION PIC X(01) VALUE SPACES.01 W100-CONTROL-AREA PIC X(16) VALUE SPACES.01 W100-STREET-INFO PIC X(247).01 W100-RETURN-INFO PIC X(400).01 W100-DISPLAY-BASEDATA PIC X(1).01 W100-HM-LEV1-NAME.05 W100-HM-LEV1NAME PIC X(08)05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-56 HM#MTCI Function

For more information about this Census Geocoder, see the Geocoders manual.

This table describes parameters used for COBOL calls.

Table 2.10 US Interpolated Rooftop Census Geocoder Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

ACTION PIC X In 1 Defines the call type as either O=Open, P=Process, or C=Close.

CONTROL PIC X 16 Control work area built on the Open call, then used during Process and Close calls. If ACTION is either P or C=In; if ACTION is O=Out.

STREET-INFO PIC X In 247 Address of buffer that contains information to match against the Rooftop Census Geocoder.

RETURN-INFO PIC X Out 400 Consists of a 100-byte output buffer.

01 W100-HM-LEV2-NAME.05 W100-HM-LEV2NAME PIC X(08).05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.

01 W100-HM-BASE1-NAME.05 W100-HM-BASE1NAME PIC X(08).05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.

01 W100-HM-BASE2-NAME05 W100-HM-BASE2NAME PIC X(08)05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.

01 W100-HM-BASE3-NAME05 W100-HM-BASE3NAME PIC X(08)05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.

01 W100-HM-BASE4-NAME05 W100-HM-BASE4NAME PIC X(08)05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.

01 W100-HM-MSA-NAME05 W100-HM-MSANAME PIC X(08)05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.

01 W100-HM-NAME-NAME05 W100-HM-NAMENAME PIC X(08)05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.

01 W100-SUBPGM-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE ‘HM#MTCI’.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

HM#MTCI Function 2-57

n* = Platform-specific width of a file name. Note that all file names should terminate with a null character after the last valid file name character.

DISPLAY-BASEDATA PIC X In 1 Displays control information. See the section “US Interpolated Rooftop Census Geocoder Display BaseData Values” in Chapter 4.

HM-LEV1-NAME PIC X Out n* File for Level 1 index for US Rooftop Census Geocoding directory. (HMBUL1)

HM-LEV2-NAME PIC X Out n* File for Level 2 index for US Rooftop Census Geocoding directory. (HMBUL2)

HM-BASE1-NAME PIC X In n* File that contains US Rooftop Census Geocoding directory basedata. (HMBUB1)

HM-BASE2-NAME PIC X In n* File that contains US Rooftop Census Geocoding directory basedata. (HMBUB2)

HM-BASE3-NAME PIC X In n* File containing Rooftop Census Geocoding Directory basedata (HMBUB3).

HM-BASE4-NAME PIC X In n* File containing Rooftop Census Geocoding Directory basedata (HMBUB4).

HM-MSA-NAME PIC X In n* File that contains MSA index for US Rooftop Census Geocoding directories. (HMMSA)

HM-NAME-NAME PIC X In n* File containing name cross-reference for US Rooftop Census Geocoding directories (HMNAME)

Table 2.10 US Interpolated Rooftop Census Geocoder Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe) (Continued)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-58 Calling the API for All US Census Geocoders from COBOL

Calling the API for All US Census Geocoders from COBOLThe following sample shows a COBOL Open Call to the three US census geocoders: Centroid, Interpolated, and Interpolated Plus. A detailed description of each parameter is included in the table below. There are three call types as detailed by the ‘ACTION’ parameter. Each call uses the same parameters with a different ACTION value.

The following function (subroutine) is called.

IP#MTCI Function

IP#MTCI Opens the three census geocoders (centroid, interpolated, and interpolated plus), matches the PMA, and closes the geocoders.

CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-ACTIONW100-CONTROLW100-GM-CONTROLW100-STREET-INFOW100-RETURN-INFOW100-DISPLAY-BASEDATAW100-LEVEL1-NAMEW100-LEVEL2-NAMEW100-BASE1-NAMEW100-BASE2-NAMEW100-BASE3-NAMEW100-BASE4-NAMEW100-MSA-NAMEW100-NAME-NAMEW100-GM-LEVEL1-NAMEW100-GM-BASE-NAMEW100-GM-GACI-NAMEW100-AP-LEV1-NAMEW100-AP-BASE-NAMEW100-RETURN-CODE

where:

01 W100-ACTION PIC X(01) VALUE SPACE.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

IP#MTCI Function 2-59

01 W100-CONTROL PIC X(16) VALUE LOW_VALUES.01 W100-GM-CONTROL PIC X(16) VALUE LOW_VALUES.01 W100-STREET-INFO PIC X(247) VALUE SPACES.01 W100-RETURN-INFO PIC X(400) VALUE SPACES..01 W100-DISPLAY-BASEDATA 05 W100-DISP-BASE PIC X(01) VALUE ‘N’. 05 FILLER PIC X (01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.

01 W100-LEVEL1-NAME. 05 W100-L1NAME PIC X(08) VALUE ‘HMBUL1’

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-LEVEL2-NAME. 05 W100-L2NAME PIC X(08) VALUE ‘HMBUL2’

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-BASE1-NAME. 05 W100-B1NAME PIC X(08) VALUE ‘HMBUB1’. 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.

01 W100--BASE2-NAME 05 W100--B2NAME PIC X(08) VALUE ‘HMBUB2’ 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.

01 W100--BASE3-NAME 05 W100--B3NAME PIC X(08) VALUE ‘HMBUB3’ 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.

01 W100--BASE4-NAME 05 W100--B4NAME PIC X(08) VALUE ‘HMBUB4’ 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.

01 W100-MSA-NAME 05 W100-MSANAME PIC X(08) VALUE ‘HMMSA’ 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-NAME-NAME 05 W100-NNAME PIC X(08) VALUE ‘HMNAME’ 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-GM-LEVEL1-NAME 05 W100-GML1NAME PIC X(08) VALUE ‘GMBUL1’ 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-GM-BASE-NAME 05 W100-GMBNAME PIC X(08) VALUE ‘GMBUBD’ 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-GM-GACI-NAME 05 W100-GMGNAME PIC X(08) VALUE ‘GMGACI’ 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-AP-LEV1-NAME 05 W100-APL1NAME PIC X(08) VALUE ‘IPBUL1’ 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES

01 W100-AP-BASE-NAME 05 W100-APBNAME PIC X(08) VALUE ‘IPBUBD’ 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.

01 W100-RETURN-CODE PIC X(02) VALUE SPACES.01 W100-SUBPGM-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE ‘IP#MTCI’.

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-60 IP#MTCI Function

This table describes parameters used for COBOL calls.

Table 2.11 US Interpolated Rooftop Census Geocoder Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

ACTION PIC X In 1 Defines the call type as either O=Open, P=Process, or C=Close.

CONTROL PIC X 16 Control work area built on the Open call, then used during Process and Close calls. If ACTION is either P or C=In; if ACTION is O=Out.

GM-CONTROL PIC X 16 Control work area for the Centroid geocoder. It is built on the Open call, then used during Process and Close calls. If ACTION is either P or C=In; if ACTION is O=Out.

STREET-INFO PIC X In 247 Address of buffer that contains information to match against the Rooftop Census Geocoder.

RETURN-INFO PIC X Out 400 Consists of a 100-byte output buffer.

DISPLAY-BASEDATA PIC X In 1 Displays control information. See the section “US Interpolated Rooftop Census Geocoder Display BaseData Values” in Chapter 4.

LEVEL1-NAME PIC X Out n* File for Level 1 index for US Rooftop Census Geocoding directory. (HMBUL1)

LEVEL2-NAME PIC X Out n* File for Level 2 index for US Rooftop Census Geocoding directory. (HMBUL2)

BASE1-NAME PIC X In n* File that contains US Rooftop Census Geocoding directory basedata. (HMBUB1)

BASE2-NAME PIC X In n* File that contains US Rooftop Census Geocoding directory basedata. (HMBUB2)

BASE3-NAME PIC X In n* File containing Rooftop Census Geocoding Directory basedata (HMBUB3).

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

IP#MTCI Function 2-61

n* = Platform-specific width of a file name. Note that all file names should terminate with a null character after the last valid file name character.

BASE4-NAME PIC X In n* File containing Rooftop Census Geocoding Directory basedata (HMBUB4).

MSA-NAME PIC X In n* File that contains MSA index for US Rooftop Census Geocoding directories. (HMMSA)

NAME-NAME PIC X In n* File containing name cross-reference for US Rooftop Census Geocoding directories (HMNAME)

GM-LEVEL1-NAME PIC X In n* File containing the Level 1 index for the US ZIP4 Centroid directory (GMBUL1)

GM-BASE-NAME PIC X In n* File containing the US ZIP4 Centroid directory base data (GMBUBD)

GM-GACI-NAME PIC X In n* File containing the US ZIP Code Centroid directory base data (GMGACI)

AP-LEV1-NAME PIC X In n* File containing the Level 1 index for the US Interpolated Plus directory (IPBUL1)

AP-BASE-NAME PIC X In n* File containing the US Interpolated Plus directory base data (IPBUBD)

RETURN-CODE PIC X Out

Table 2.11 US Interpolated Rooftop Census Geocoder Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe) (Continued)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-62 Calling the CA Postal Geocoder API from COBOL

Calling the CA Postal Geocoder API from COBOLThe following Canadian (CA) Geocoder functions (subroutines) are called:

For information about CA Geocoder functionality, see the Geocoders manual.

CA#AMAT Function

CA#AMAT Copies the appropriate fields from the Parser PREPOS Area (PNA) to the CA Postal Geocoder PMA input area.

CA#MTCI Opens the CA Postal Geocoder, matches the PMA to the postal directory, and closes the CA Postal Geocoder.

Table 2.12 CA Geocoder Add Mat Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

PREPOS-AREA AN In 9836 Data returned by the Parser; passed as input to the CA#AMAT function.

STREET-INFO AN Out 225 Data returned by the CA#AMAT function; passed as input to the Geocoder.

01 W100-SUBPGM-NAME PIC X(08 VALUE SPACES.MOVE ‘CA#AMAT’ TO W100-SUBPGM-NAME.CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING PREPOS-AREA, STREET-INFO.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

CA#MTCI Function 2-63

CA#MTCI Function CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-ACTION, W100-CONTROL,

W100-STREET-INFO,W100-RETURN-INFO,W100-DISPLAY-BASEDATA,W100-DATABASE-DATE,W100-SERVICE-BUREAU-NAME,W100-CUSTOMER-NAME,W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-1,W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-2,W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-3,W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-4,W100-FORM-FILE-NAME,W100-LEV1-NAME,W100-LEV2-NAME,W100-BASE-NAME,W100-LEVP-NAME,W100-LEVPI-NAME,W100-AMUNI-NAME,W100-STREET-NAME-BUFF,W100-DET-BUFF.

where:

01 W100-ACTION PIC X(01).01 W100-CONTROL PIC X(16).01 W100-STREET-INFO PIC X(225).01 W100-RETURN-INFO PIC X(350).01 W100-DISPLAY-BASEDATA PIC X(01).01 W100-DATABASE-DATE PIC X(80).01 W100-SERVICE-BUREAU-NAME PIC X(30).01 W100-CUSTOMER-NAME PIC X(30).01 W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-1 PIC X(30).01 W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-2 PIC X(30).01 W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-3 PIC X(30).01 W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-4 PIC X(30).

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-64 CA#MTCI Function

This table describes the parameters used by COBOL calls to the CA Geocoder.

Table 2.13 CA Postal Geocoder Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

ACTION AN In 1 Defines the call type as either O=Open, P=Process, R=Minimal Open or C=Close.

CONTROL AN In/Out

16 Control work area built on the Open call, then used during Process and Close calls. If ACTION is either P, R or C=In; if ACTION is O=Out.

01 W100-FORM-FILE-FNAME. 05 W100-FNAME PIC X(06). VALUE SPACES 05 FILLER PIC X(1). VALUE LOW VALUES01 W100-LEV1-NAME. 05 W100-L1NAME PIC X(06) VALUE SPACES. 05 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-LEV2-NAME. 05 W100-L2NAME PIC X(06) VALUE SPACES. 05 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-BASE-NAME. 05 W100-BNAME PIC X(06) VALUE SPACES. 05 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-LEVP-NAME. 05 W100-LPNAME PIC X(06) VALUE SPACES. 05 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-LEVPI-NAME. 05 W100-LPINAME PIC X(06) VALUE SPACES. 05 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-AMUNI-NAME. 05 W100-AMNAME PIC X(06) VALUE SPACES. 05 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-STREET-NAME-BUFF PIC X(30000) VALUE SPACES.01 W100-DET-BUFF PIC X(13800) VALUE SPACES.01 W100-SUBPGM-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE ‘CA#MTCI’.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

CA#MTCI Function 2-65

STREET-INFO AN In 225 Address of buffer that contains information to match against CA geocoder system. See the section “CA Postal Geocoder Input and Output data in Chapter 4.

RETURN-INFO AN Out 350 Address of buffer containing information returned by geocoder; the format is described in the next table. See “CA Postal Geocoder Input and Output data in Chapter 4.

DISPLAY-BASEDATA AN In 1 Displays control information. See Ch. 4 for a list of values.

DATABASE-DATE AN In 80 Field that contains the database date of CA Directory in MMM YYYY format. Optional; else low values.

SERVICE-BUREAU-NAME AN In 30 Name of bureau to print on accuracy form.

CUSTOMER-NAME AN In 30 Customer name to print on accuracy form.

CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-1 AN In 30 Customer address to print on accuracy form.

CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-2 AN In 30 Customer address to print on accuracy form.

CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-3 AN In 30 Customer address to print on accuracy form.

CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-4 AN In 30 Customer address to print on accuracy form.

FORM-FILE-NAME AN In n* File that contains form (for historical report).

Table 2.13 CA Postal Geocoder Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe) (Continued)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-66 CA#MTCI Function

n* = Platform-specific width of a file name. Note that all file names should terminate with a null character after the last valid file name character.

AN = Alphanumeric

LEV1-NAME AN In n* File for Level 1 index for CA directory. (CABUL1)

LEV2-NAME AN In n* File for Level 2 index for CA directory. (CABUL2)

BASE-NAME AN In n* File for CA directory basedata. (CABUBD)

LEVP-NAME AN In n* File containing postal code index (alternate access method).

LEVPI-NAME AN In n* File that contains outbound FSA postal code index (alternate access method).

AMUNI-NAME AN In n* File containing alternate municipality name.

STREET-NAME-BUFF AN Out 30,000 Buffer to collect street names within province/post town, when DISPLAY-BASEDATA = (3, A, B).

DET-BUFF AN Out 13,800 Buffer to collect street details for 50 possible matches, when DISPLAY-BASEDATA = (3, A, B).

See the section “CA Match Possibilities Data Area” in Chapter 4, for a layout of the fields included in this buffer.

Table 2.13 CA Postal Geocoder Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe) (Continued)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Calling the AU Postal Geocoder API from COBOL 2-67

Calling the AU Postal Geocoder API from COBOLThe following Australian (AU) Geocoder functions (subroutines) are called:

For information about AU Geocoder functionality, see the Geocoders manual.

AU#AMAT Function

AU#AMAT Copies the appropriate fields from the Parser PREPOS Area (PNA) to the Australian Postal Geocoder PMA input area. Also called the “Add Mat Function.”

AU#MTCI Opens the AU Postal Geocoder, matches the PMA to the postal directory, and closes the AU Postal Geocoder.

AU#AMAS Opens the AU Postal Geocoder, matches the PMA to the postal directory, and closes the AU Postal Geocoder; AMAS certified.

Table 2.14 AU Add Mat Function Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

PREPOS-AREA String In 9836 Data returned by the Parser; passed as input to the AU#AMAT function.

STREET-INFO String Out 200 Data returned by the AU#AMAT function; passed as input to the Geocoder.

01 W100-SUBPGM-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE SPACES.MOVE ‘AU#AMAT’ TO W100-SUBPGM-NAME.CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-PREPOS-AREA, W100-STREET-INFO.

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-68 AU#MTCI Function

AU#MTCI Function CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-ACTION,

W100-CONTROL,W100-STREET-INFO,W100-RETURN-INFO,W100-DISPLAY-BASEDATA,W100-DATABASE-DATE,W100-SERVICE-BUREAU-NAME,W100-CUSTOMER-NAME,W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-1,W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-2,W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-3,W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-4,W100-FORM-FILE-NAME,W100-LEV1-NAME,W100-LEV2-NAME,W100-BASE-NAME,W100-ACITY-NAME,W100-STREET-NAME-BUFF,W100-DET-BUFF.

where:01 W100-ACTION PIC X(01).01 W100-CONTROL PIC X(16).01 W100-STREET-INFO PIC X(200).01 W100-RETURN-INFO PIC X(300).01 W100-DISPLAY-BASEDATA PIC X(01).01 W100-DATABASE-DATE PIC X(08).01 W100-SERVICE-BUREAU-NAME PIC X(30).01 W100-CUSTOMER-NAME PIC X(30).01 W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-1 PIC X(30).01 W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-2 PIC X(30).01 W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-3 PIC X(30).01 W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-4 PIC X(30).01 W100-FORM-FILE-FNAME. 05 W100-FNAME PIC X(06) VALUE SPACES. 05 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW VALUES.01 W100-LEV1-NAME. 05 W100-L1NAME PIC X(06) VALUE SPACES. 05 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW VALUES.01 W100-LEV2-NAME. 05 W100-L2NAME PIC X(06) VALUE SPACES. 05 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW VALUES.01 W100-BASE-NAME. 05 W100-BNAME PIC X(06) VALUE SPACES. 05 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW VALUES.01 W100-ACITY-NAME. 05 W100-ACNAME PIC X(06) VALUE SPACES. 05 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW VALUES.01 W100-STREET-NAME-BUFF PIC X(30000) VALUE SPACES.01 W100-DET-BUFF PIC X(7550) VALUE SPACES.01 W100-SUBPGM-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE ‘AU#MTCI’.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

AU#MTCI Function 2-69

This table describes parameters used for AU Postal Geocoder COBOL calls.

Table 2.15 AU Postal Geocoder Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

ACTION AN In 1 Defines the call type as either O=Open, P=Process, R=Minimal Open or C=Close.

CONTROL AN In/Out

16 Control work area built by the program on the Open call, then used during the Process and Close calls. If ACTION is either P, R or C=In; if ACTION is O=Out.

STREET-INFO AN In 200 Address of buffer that contains information to match against AU geocoder. See “AU Postal Geocoder Input and Output data” in Chapter 4.

RETURN-INFO AN Out 300 Buffer for info returned by Matcher. See “AU Postal Geocoder Input and Output data” in Ch. 4.

DISPLAY-BASEDATA AN In 1 Displays control information. See the section “AU Display Base_Data Values” in Chapter 4.

DATABASE-DATE AN In 80 Field containing database date of AU Directory in MMM YYYY format. Optional; else low values.

SERVICE-BUREAU-NAME AN In 30 Name of bureau to print on accuracy form.

CUSTOMER-NAME AN In 30 Customer name to print on accuracy form.

CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-1 AN In 30 Customer address to print on accuracy form.

CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-2 AN In 30 Customer address to print on accuracy form.

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-70 AU#MTCI Function

n* = Platform-specific width of a file name. Note that all file names should terminate with a null character after the last valid file name character.

AN = Alphanumeric

CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-3 AN In 30 Customer address to print on accuracy form.

CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-4 AN In 30 Customer address to print on accuracy form

FORM-FILE-NAME AN In n* File that contains form (for historical report)

LEV1-NAME AN In n* File for Level 1 index of AU Directory. (AUBUL1)

LEV2-NAME AN In n* File for Level 2 index of AU Directory. (AUBUL2)

BASE-NAME AN In n* File for AU Directory basedata. (AUBUBD)

ACITY-NAME AN In n* File that contains AU auxiliary city

BLOC-NAME AN In n* File containing the AU bordering locality info.

LOC-NAME AN In n* File containing the AU locality DPID info.

GROUP-NAME AN In n* File containing the AU street DPID info.

STREET-NAME-BUFF AN Out 30,000 Buffer to collect street names within province/post town, when DISPLAY-BASEDATA = (3, A, B).

DET-BUFF AN Out 7,550 Buffer to collect street details for 50 matches, DISPLAY-BASEDATA = (3, A, B). See “AU Match Possibilities Data Area” in Chapter 4.

Table 2.15 AU Postal Geocoder Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe) (Continued)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Calling the DE Postal Geocoder API from COBOL 2-71

Calling the DE Postal Geocoder API from COBOLThe following German (DE) Postal Geocoder functions (subroutines) are called:

For information about DE Geocoder functionality, see the Geocoders manual.

DE#AMAT Function

DE#AMAT Copies appropriate fields from the Parser PREPOS Area to the German Postal Geocoder PMA input area. Also called the “Add Mat Function.”

DE#MTCI Opens the DE Postal Geocoder, matches the PMA to the postal directory, and closes the DE Postal Geocoder.

Table 2.16 DE Geocoder Add Mat Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

PREPOS-AREA String In 9836 Data returned by the Parser; passed as input to the DE#AMAT function.

STREET-INFO String Out 200 Data returned by the DE#AMAT function, passed as input to the Geocoder.

01 W100-SUBPGM-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE SPACES.MOVE ‘DE#AMAT’ TO W100-SUBPGM-NAME.CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-PREPOS-AREA, W100-STREET-INFO.

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-72 DE#MTCI Function

DE#MTCI Function CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-ACTION,

W100-CONTROL,W100-STREET-INFO,W100-RETURN-INFO,W100-DISPLAY-BASEDATA,W100-DATABASE-DATE,W100-SERVICE-BUREAU-NAME,W100-CUSTOMER-NAME,W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-1,W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-2,W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-3,W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-4,W100-FORM-FILE-NAME,W100-LEV1-NAME,W100-LEV2-NAME,W100-BASE-NAME,W100-ACITY-FNAME,W100-LOWER_NAME,W100-UPPER_NAME,W100-MANIPULATE_POBOX,W100-STREET-NAME-BUFF,W100-DET-BUFF.

where:

01 W100-ACTION PIC X(01).01 W100-CONTROL PIC X(16).01 W100-STREET-INFO PIC X(200).01 W100-RETURN-INFO PIC X(300).01 W100-DISPLAY-BASEDATA PIC X(01).01 W100-DATABASE-DATE PIC X(08).01 W100-SERVICE-BUREAU-NAME PIC X(30).01 W100-CUSTOMER-NAME PIC X(30).01 W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-1 PIC X(30).01 W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-2 PIC X(30).01 W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-3 PIC X(30).01 W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-4 PIC X(30).

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

DE#MTCI Function 2-73

This table lists parameters used for COBOL calls to the DE Postal Geocoder.

Table 2.17 DE Postal Geocoder Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

ACTION AN In 1 Defines the call type as either O=Open, P=Process, R=Minimal Open or C=Close.

CONTROL AN in/Out

16 Work area built on the Open call, then used during Process and Close calls. If ACTION is P, R or C=In; if ACTION is O=Out.

STREET-INFO AN In 200 Address of buffer that contains information to match against DE postal geocoder system. See the section “DE Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data” in Chapter 4.

01 W100-FORM-FILE-NAME. 05 W100-FNAME PIC X(06). 05 FILLER PIC X(01)VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-LEV1-NAME. 05 W100-L1NAME PIC X(06). 05 FILLER PIC X(01)VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-LEV2-NAME. 05 W100-L2NAME PIC X(06). 05 FILLER PIC X(01)VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-BASE-NAME. 05 W100-BNAME PIC X(06). 05 FILLER PIC X(01)VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-UPPER-NAME. 05 W100-UPNAME PIC X(08). 05 FILLER PIC X(01)VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-LOWER-NAME. 05 W100-LOWNAME PIC X(08) 05 FILLER PIC X(01)VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-MANIPULATE-POBOX PIC X(1).01 W100-STREET-NAME-BUFF PIC X(30000).01 W100-DET-BUFF PIC X(7500).01 W100-SUBPGM-NAME PIC X(08)VALUE ‘DE#MTCI’.

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-74 DE#MTCI Function

RETURN-INFO AN Out 300 Address of buffer that contains information returned by Matcher. See “DE Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data” in Ch 4.

DISPLAY-BASEDATA AN In 1 Displays control information.

DATABASE-DATE AN In 80 Field containing database date of DE Directory in MMM YYYY format. Optional; else low values.

SERVICE-BUREAU-NAME

AN In 30 Name of bureau to print on accuracy form.

CUSTOMER-NAME AN In 30 Customer name to print on accuracy form.

CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-1 AN In 30 Customer address to print on accuracy form.

CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-2 AN In 30 Customer address to print on accuracy form.

CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-3 AN In 30 Customer address to print on accuracy form.

CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-4 AN In 30 Customer address to print on accuracy form.

FORM-FILE-NAME AN In n* File that contains form (for historical report)

LEV1-NAME AN In n* File for Level 1 index for DE Directory (DEBUL1)

LEV2-NAME AN In n* File for Level 2 index for DE Directory (DEBUL2)

BASE-NAME AN In n* File containing directory basedata (DEBUBD)

LOWER-NAME AN In n* File name for lowercase

Table 2.17 DE Postal Geocoder Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe) (Continued)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

DE#MTCI Function 2-75

n* = Platform-specific width of a file name. Note that all file names should terminate with a null character after the last valid file name character.

AN = Alphanumeric

UPPER-NAME AN In n* File name for uppercase

MANIPULATE-POBOX AN In 1 Y – moves alt PO box information to street information

STREET-NAME-BUFF AN Out 30,000 Buffer to collect street names within post town, when DISPLAY-BASEDATA = (3, A, B).

DET-BUFF AN Out 7,550 Buffer to collect street details for up to 50 possible matches, when DISPLAY-BASEDATA = (3, A, B).

See the section “DE Match Possibilities Data Area” in Chapter 4, for a layout of the fields included in this buffer.

Table 2.17 DE Postal Geocoder Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe) (Continued)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-76 Calling the HK Postal Geocoder API from COBOL

Calling the HK Postal Geocoder API from COBOLThe following Hong Kong (HK) Postal Geocoder functions (subroutines) are called:

For more information about HK Geocoder functionality, see the Geocoders manual.

HK#AMAT

This table describes parameters used by COBOL calls to the HK Postal Geocoder.

HK#AMAT Copies appropriate fields from the Parser PREPOS Area to the HK Postal Geocoder PMA input area. Also called the “Add Mat Function.”

HK#MTCI Opens the HK Postal Geocoder, matches the PMA to the postal directory, and closes the HK Postal Geocoder.

Table 2.18 HK Postal Geocoder Add Mat Function Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

PREPOS-AREA String In 9836 Data returned by the Parser; passed as input to the HK#AMAT function.

STREET-INFO String Out 200 Data returned by the HK#AMAT function; passed as input to the Geocoder.

01 W100-SUBPGM-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE SPACES.MOVE ‘HK#AMAT’ TO W100-SUBPGM-NAME.CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-PREPOS-AREA, W100-STREET-INFO.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

HK#MTCI Function 2-77

HK#MTCI Function

CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-ACTION, W100-CONTROL,

W100-STREET-INFO,W100-RETURN-INFO,W100-DISPLAY-BASEDATA,W100-DATABASE-DATE,W100-SERVICE-BUREAU-NAME,W100-CUSTOMER-NAME,W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-1,W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-2,W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-3,W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-4,W100-FORM-FILE-NAME,W100-LEV1-NAME,W100-LEV2-NAME,W100-BASE-NAME,W100-STREET-NAME-BUFF,W100-DET-BUFF.

where:01 W100-ACTION PIC X(01).01 W100-CONTROL PIC X(16).01 W100-STREET-INFO PIC X(200).01 W100-RETURN-INFO PIC X(450).01 W100-DISPLAY-BASEDATA PIC X(01).01 W100-DATABASE-DATE PIC X(80).01 W100-SERVICE-BUREAU-NAME PIC X(30).01 W100-CUSTOMER-NAME PIC X(30).01 W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-1 PIC X(30).01 W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-2 PIC X(30).01 W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-3 PIC X(30).01 W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-4 PIC X(30).

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-78 HK#MTCI Function

This table describes parameters used for COBOL calls to the HK Geocoder.

Table 2.19 HK Postal Geocoder Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

ACTION AN In 1 Defines the call type as either O=Open, P=Process, R=Minimal Open or C=Close.

CONTROL AN In/Out

16 Work area built on the Open call, then used during the Process and Close calls. If ACTION is either P, R or C=In; if ACTION is O=Out.

STREET-INFO AN In 200 Address of buffer that contains information to match against HK Postal Geocoder system. See the section “HK Geocoder Input and Output Data” in Chapter 4.

RETURN-INFO AN Out 300 Address of buffer containing info returned by Matcher. See “HK Geocoder Input and Output Data” in Chapter 4.

01 W100-FORM-FILE-NAME. 05 W100-FNAME PIC X(08) 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW VALUES.01 W100-LEV1-NAME. 05 W100-L1NAME PIC X(08) 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW VALUES.01 W100-LEV2-NAME. 05 W100-L2NAME PIC X(08) 05 FILLER PIC X(1) VALUE LOW VALUES.01 W100-BASE-NAME. 05 W100-BNAME PIC X(08) 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW VALUES.01 W100-STREET-NAME-BUFF PIC X(30000).01 W100-DET-BUFF PIC X(70000).01 W100-SUBPGM-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE ‘HK#MTCI’.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

HK#MTCI Function 2-79

DISPLAY-BASEDATA AN In 1 Displays control information.

DATABASE-DATE AN In 80 Field containing the database date of HK Directory in MMM YYYY format. Optional; else low values.

SERVICE-BUREAU-NAME AN In 30 Name of bureau to print on accuracy form.

CUSTOMER-NAME AN In 30 Customer name to print on accuracy form.

CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-1 AN In 30 Customer address to print on accuracy form.

CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-2 AN In 30 Customer address to print on accuracy form.

CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-3 AN In 30 Customer address to print on accuracy form.

CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-4 AN In 30 Customer address to print on accuracy form.

FORM-FILE-NAME AN In n* File that contains form (for historical report).

LEV1-NAME AN In n* File containing Level 1 index for HK Directory. (HKBUL1)

LEV2-NAME AN In n* File containing Level 2 index for HK Directory. (HKBUL1)

BASE-NAME AN In n* File that contains HK Directory basedata. (HKBUBD)

STREET-NAME-BUFF AN Out 30,000 Buffer to collect street names within post town, when DISPLAY-BASEDATA = (3, A, B).

Table 2.19 HK Postal Geocoder Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe) (Continued)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-80 HK#MTCI Function

n* = Platform-specific width of a file name. Note that all file names should terminate with a null character after the last valid file name character.

AN = Alphanumeric

DET-BUFF AN Out 7,550 Buffer to collect street details for up to 50 possible matches, when DISPLAY-BASEDATA = (3, A, B).

See the section “HK Match Possibilities Data Area” in Chapter 4 of this document, for a layout of the fields included in this buffer.

Table 2.19 HK Postal Geocoder Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe) (Continued)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Calling the IT Postal Geocoder API from COBOL 2-81

Calling the IT Postal Geocoder API from COBOLThe following Italian (IT) Postal Geocoder functions (subroutines) are called:

For information about IT Geocoder functionality, see the Geocoders manual.

IT#AMAT Function

IT#AMAT Copies appropriate fields from the Parser PREPOS Area to the Italian Postal Geocoder PMA input area. Also called the “Add Mat Function.”

IT#MTCI Opens the IT Postal Geocoder, matches the PMA to the postal directory, and closes the IT Postal Geocoder.

Table 2.20 IT Geocoder Add Mat Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

PREPOS-AREA String In 9836 Data returned by the Parser; passed as input to the IT#AMAT function.

STREET-INFO String Out 300 Data returned by the IT#AMAT function, passed as input to the Geocoder.

01 W100-SUBPGM-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE SPACES.MOVE ‘IT#AMAT’ TO W100-SUBPGM-NAME.CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-PREPOS-AREA, W100-STREET-INFO.

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-82 IT#MTCI Function

IT#MTCI Function CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-ACTION,

W100-CONTROL,W100-STREET-INFO,W100-RETURN-INFO,W100-DISPLAY-BASEDATA,W100-DATABASE-DATE,W100-SERVICE-BUREAU-NAME,W100-CUSTOMER-NAME,W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-1,W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-2,W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-3,W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-4,W100-FORM-FILE-NAME,W100-LEV1-NAME,W100-LEV2-NAME,W100-BASE-NAME,W100-ACITY-FNAME,W100-STREET-NAME-BUFF,W100-DET-BUFF.

where:

01 W100-ACTION PIC X(01).01 W100-CONTROL PIC X(16).01 W100-STREET-INFO PIC X(300).01 W100-RETURN-INFO PIC X(254).01 W100-DISPLAY-BASEDATA. 05 W100-DISPBASE-VALUE.PIC X (01).

05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-DATABASE-DATE PIC X(08).01 W100-SERVICE-BUREAU-NAME PIC X(30).01 W100-CUSTOMER-NAME PIC X(30).01 W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-1 PIC X(30).01 W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-2 PIC X(30).01 W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-3 PIC X(30).01 W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-4 PIC X(30).

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

IT#MTCI Function 2-83

This table lists parameters used for COBOL calls to the IT Postal Geocoder.

Table 2.21 IT Postal Geocoder Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

ACTION AN In 1 Defines the call type as either O=Open, P=Process, R=Minimal Open or C=Close.

CONTROL AN in/Out

16 Work area built on the Open call, then used during Process and Close calls. If ACTION is P, R or C=In; if ACTION is O=Out.

STREET-INFO AN In 300 Address of buffer that contains information to match against IT postal geocoder system. See “IT Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data” in Chapter 4.

01 W100-FORM-FILE-NAME. 05 W100-FNAME PIC X(08). 05 FILLER PIC X(01)VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-LEV1-NAME. 05 W100-L1NAME PIC X(08). 05 FILLER PIC X(01)VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-LEV2-NAME. 05 W100-L2NAME PIC X(08). 05 FILLER PIC X(01)VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-BASE-NAME. 05 W100-BNAME PIC X(08). 05 FILLER PIC X(01)VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-STREET-NAME-BUFF. 05 W100-STREET-NAME PIC X (40)

OCCURS 1000 TIMES INDEXED BY W100-STRNAM-IDX.

01 W100-DET-BUF. 05 W100-DETAIL-RECORD PIC X (87) OCCURS 50 TIMES INDEXED BY W100-DET-IDX.

01 W100-SUBPGM-NAME PIC X(08)VALUE ‘IT#MTCI’.

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-84 IT#MTCI Function

RETURN-INFO AN Out 254 Address of buffer that contains information returned by Matcher. See “IT Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data” in Ch 4.

DISPLAY-BASEDATA AN In 1 Displays control information.

DATABASE-DATE AN In 8 Field containing database date of IT Directory in MMM YYYY format. Optional; else low values.

SERVICE-BUREAU-NAME

AN In 30 Name of bureau to print on accuracy form.

CUSTOMER-NAME AN In 30 Customer name to print on accuracy form.

CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-1 AN In 30 Customer address to print on accuracy form.

CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-2 AN In 30 Customer address to print on accuracy form.

CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-3 AN In 30 Customer address to print on accuracy form.

CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-4 AN In 30 Customer address to print on accuracy form.

FORM-FILE-NAME AN In n* File that contains form (for historical report)

LEV1-NAME AN In n* File for Level 1 index for IT Directory (ITBUL1)

LEV2-NAME AN In n* File for Level 2 index for IT Directory (ITBUL2)

BASE-NAME AN In n* File containing directory basedata (ITBUBD)

Table 2.21 IT Postal Geocoder Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe) (Continued)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

IT#MTCI Function 2-85

n* = Platform-specific width of a file name. Note that all file names should terminate with a null character after the last valid file name character.

AN = Alphanumeric

STREET-NAME-BUFF AN Out 40,000 Buffer to collect street names within post town, when DISPLAY-BASEDATA = (3, A, B).

DET-BUFF AN Out 4,350 Buffer to collect street details for up to 50 possible matches, when DISPLAY-BASEDATA = (3, A, B).

See the section “IT Match Possibilities Data Area” in Chapter 4, for a layout of the fields included in this buffer.

Table 2.21 IT Postal Geocoder Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe) (Continued)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-86 Calling the UK Postal Geocoder API from COBOL

Calling the UK Postal Geocoder API from COBOLThe following United Kingdom (UK) Postal Geocoder functions (subroutines) are called:

For more information about UK Postal Geocoder functionality, see the Geocoders manual.

UM#AMAT Function

UM#AMAT Copies the appropriate fields from the Parser PREPOS Area (PNA) to the United Kingdom Postal Geocoder PMA input area. Also called the “Add Mat Function.”

UM#MTCI Opens the UK Postal Geocoder, matches the PMA to the postal directory, and closes the UK Postal Geocoder.

Table 2.22 UK Postal Geocoder Add Mat Function Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

PREPOS-AREA String In 9836 Data returned by the Parser; passed as input to the UM#AMAT function.

STREET-INFO String Out 235 Data returned by the UM#AMAT function; passed as input to the Geocoder.

01 W100-SUBPGM-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE SPACES.MOVE ‘UM#AMAT’ TO W100-SUBPGM-NAME.CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-PREPOS-AREA, W100-STREET-INFO.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

UM#MTCI Function 2-87

UM#MTCI Function

CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-ACTION,W100-CONTROL,W100-STREET-INFO,W100-RETURN-INFO,W100-DISPLAY-BASEDATA,W100-DATABASE-DATE,W100-LIST-NAME,W100-PROCESSOR-NAME,W100-FORM-FILE-NAME,W100-LEV1-NAME,W100-LEV2-NAME,W100-BASE-NAME,W100-CNTY_NAME,W100-PTWN_NAME,W100-LOCL_NAME,W100-DDLC_NAME,W100-LEVP_NAME,W100-LEVPI_NAME,W100-STREET_NAME_BUFF,W100-DET_BUFF.

where:

01 W100-ACTION PIC X(01).01 W100-CONTROL PIC X(16).01 W100-STREET-INFO PIC X(235).01 W100-RETURN-INFO PIC X(450).01 W100-DISPLAY-BASEDATA.05 W100-DB-VALUE PIC X(01).05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-DATABASE-DATE PIC X(80).01 W100-LIST-NAME PIC X(80).01 W100-PROCESSOR-NAME PIC X(80).01 W100-FORM-FILE-NAME. 05 W100-FNAMEPIC X(06). 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-LEV1-NAME. 05 W100-L1NAMEPIC X(06). 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-88 UM#MTCI Function

This table lists parameters used by COBOL calls to the UK Postal Geocoder.

Table 2.23 UK Postal Geocoder Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

ACTION AN In 1 Defines call type as either O=Open, P=Process, R=Minimal Open, or C=Close.

01 W100-LEV2-NAME. 05 W100-L2NAMEPIC X(06). 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-BASE-NAME. 05 W100-BNAMEPIC X(06). 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-CNTY-NAME. 05 W100-CNTYNAMEPIC X(06). 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-PTWN-NAME. 05 W100-PTNAMEPIC X(06). 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-LOCL-NAME. 05 W100-LOCLNAMEPIC X(06). 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-DDLC-NAME. 05 W100-DDLCNAMEPIC X(06). 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 01 W100-LEVP-NAME. 05 W100-LPNAMEPIC X(06). 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 01 W100-LEVPI-NAME. 05 W100-LPINAMEPIC X(06). 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES. 01 W100-STREET-NAME-BUFFPIC X(30000).01 W100-DET-BUFFPIC X(70000).01 W100-SUBPGM-NAME PIC X(08)VALUE ‘UM#MTCI’.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

UM#MTCI Function 2-89

CONTROL AN In/Out

16 Control work area built on the Open call, then used during Process and Close calls. If ACTION is either P, R, or C=In; if ACTION is O=Out.

STREET-INFO AN In 235 Buffer that contains information to match against UK postal geocoder. See the section “UK Geocoder Input and Output Data” in Chapter 4.

RETURN-INFO AN Out 450 Address of buffer that contains information returned by the geocoder. See the section “UK Geocoder Input and Output Data” in Chapter 4.

DISPLAY-BASEDATA AN In 2 Displays control information. Variable length; last character must be filled with a NULL.

DATABASE-DATE AN In 80 Field containing database date of UK Directory in MMM YYYY format. Optional; else low values.

LIST-NAME AN In 80 Name of list to match against postal directory (null-terminated).

PROCESSOR-NAME AN In 80 Name of processor (null).

FORM-FILE-NAME AN In n* File that contains form.

LEV1-NAME AN In n* File for Level 1 index of UK Directory. (UMBUL1)

LEV2-NAME AN In n* File for Level 2 index of UK Directory. (UMBUL1)

BASE-NAME AN In n* File for UK directory basedata. (UMBUBD)

CNTY-NAME AN In n* File that contains county decodes.

Table 2.23 UK Postal Geocoder Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe) (Continued)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-90 UM#MTCI Function

n* = Platform-specific width of a file name. Note that all file names should terminate with a null character after the last valid file name character

AN = Alphanumeric

When Display_Basedata = 3, A, B, I, J, K or T, 200 possible matches are stored in the details buffer (det_buff). These are alternate addresses for any record that got a fail level of 0, 4, 5 or contains the same postcode. A “T” option limits returned records in the details buffer. Additionally up to 1000 30-character street names consisting of name only (no descriptors), beginning with the same first character within the post town, is populated in the street_name_buff area. For example, the street name for 10 Main Close is "Main".

PTWN-NAME AN In n* File that contains post town decodes.

LOCL-NAME AN In n* File that contains locality decodes.

DDLC-NAME AN In n* File containing double-dependent locality decodes.

LEVP-NAME AN In n* File that contains post code to match directory database (alternate access method).

LEVPI-NAME AN In n* File that contains outbound postcode index (alternate access method).

STREET-NAME-BUFF

AN Out 30,000 Buffer to collect street names within county/post town, when DISPLAY-BASEDATA = (3, A, B, I, J, K or T).

DET-BUFF AN Out 70,000 Buffer to collect street details for 200 possible matches, when DISPLAY-BASEDATA = (3, A, B, I, J, K or T). See “UK Match Possibilities Data Area” in Chapter 4 of this document.

Table 2.23 UK Postal Geocoder Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe) (Continued)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

How the UK Geocoder Works 2-91

How the UK Geocoder WorksThe input to the UK Geocoder can be populated in two ways: either directly, or by using the Parser and the Addmat program. The Parser is used to ‘elementize’ name and address components of free-format name and address records. It also has the ability to correct common name and address errors and abbreviations, such as changing ‘Rd.’ to ‘Road’.

The Parser searches for words and patterns within the name and address data in order to break it down into its constituent parts (such as House Number, Street Name, and Street Type). The Parser can be ‘tuned’ to recognize new or unusual words and patterns in exactly the same way in which it is tuned in the batch environment. The same word and pattern tables can be used for both batch and online environments.

Forward geocoding means using the Geocoder to match an address that would be in the same format as a mailing label:

Oraddrl1: Fiona MacDonaldOraddrl2: 3 Hailes AveOraddrl3: EdinburghOraddrl4: EH13 0NA

1. This type of address should be passed through the Parser, which can identify free format address lines and split the elements into specific fields (such as hsno or building).

2. The addmat program then takes the parsed elements and populates the Geocoder input fields (street_info).

3. The Geocoder can then take this information and try to match it to the PAF file and return matched data in the return_info field, and alternate matching records in the details buffer.

Reverse geocoding is used when the elements of an address are already known (such as hsno, postcode).

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-92 UK Geocoder Return Data

Examples House number & postcode: House name & postcode: Sub_building, hsno & postcode:Postcode: EH13 0NA Postcode: EH13 0LZ Postcode: NW6 3APHouse Number: 3 House name: Hailes House House name: Cecil Court

Sub_building: Flat 2 Sub_building_value: 2

1. The Parser expects a mailing label type address format; it is not necessary to call the Parser or Addmat program, because specific known elements are used to directly populate the Geocoder input fields (street_info).

2. If available, other elements from the address can also be included, such as sub_building information like "flat 3", using these to populate the street_info field with "flat 3" and the street_info sub_building_value field with "3". This is typically the function of the Addmat program, but since the Parser could not be used to identify the address, the program would not correctly populate the street_info fields for the Geocoder.

UK Geocoder Return Data

The Geocoder can return data in three buffers (depending on the Display_Basedata option) and how the Geocoder is being used. If implemented in a batch environment, then only the return_info buffer can be used. If the Geocoder is called by your own application, then the return_info, street_name and details_buffer fields are available to you.

• Return Info Buffer (450 bytes)—Contains data on the record that matched to PAF. By default, this information is a blend of the input Geocode information and the matched PAF data. The Return_info will be populated when the fail level is 0; otherwise it will only contain the original Geocode input data.

• Street Name Buffer (30,000 bytes)—Contains up to 1000 street names (thoroughfare names) of all the streets within the input post town. The display basedata options can control how population will happen with all the street names or just the ones that have the same first character as the input street name.

• Details Buffer (70,000 bytes)—Contains all field information for any alternative records. This means that if the Geocoder could not determine just one final record to populate into the return_info buffer, up to 200

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

UK Geocoder Return Data 2-93

possible alternate records would be populated into the details buffer. Note that the details buffer only contains PAF data.

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-94 Calling the TG Postal Geocoder API from COBOL

Calling the TG Postal Geocoder API from COBOLThe following Trillium Global (TG) Postal Geocoder functions (subroutines) are called:

For more information about TG Geocoder functionality, see the Geocoders manual.

TG#AMAT Function

TG#AMAT Copies the appropriate fields from the Parser PREPOS Area (PNA) to the TG Postal Geocoder PMA input area. Also called the “Add Mat Function.”

TG#MTI2 Opens the TG Postal Geocoder, matches the PMA to the postal directory, and closes the TG Postal Geocoder. Contains the option of using the TG Rules file functionality.

TG#MTCI Opens the TG_Postal Geocoder, matches the PMA to the postal directory, and closes the TG_Postal Geocoder.

Table 2.24 TG Postal Geocoder Add Mat Function Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

PREPOS-AREA AN In 9836 Data returned by the Parser; passed as input to the TG#AMAT function.

STREET-INFO AN Out 310 Data returned by the TG#AMAT function; passed as input to the Geocoder.

01 W100-SUBPGM-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE SPACES.MOVE ‘TG#AMAT’ TO W100-SUBPGM-NAME.CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-PREPOS-AREA, W100-STREET-INFO.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

TG#MTI2 Function 2-95

TG#MTI2 Function

CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-ACTION, W100-CONTROL, W100-STREET-INFO, W100-RETURN-INFO, W100-DISPLAY-BASEDATA, W100-DATABASE-DATE, W100-SERVICE-BUREAU-NAME, W100-CUSTOMER-NAME, W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-1, W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-2, W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-3, W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-4, W100-FORM-FILE-NAME, W100-LEV1-NAME, W100-LEV2-NAME, W100-BASE-NAME, W100-ACITY-NAME, W100-CSTATE-NAME, W100-STREET-NAME-BUFF, W100-DET-BUFF. W100-DELIVERY-TYPE.

W100-LEVEL-MATCHINGW100-RULESFN

where:

01 W100-ACTION PIC X(01).01 W100-CONTROL PIC X(16). VALUE LOW VALUES.01 W100-STREET-INFO PIC X(600).01 W100-RETURN-INFO PIC X(900).01 W100-DISPLAY-BASEDATA PIC X(01).01 W100-DATABASE-DATE PIC X(08).01 W100-SERVICE-BUREAU-NAME PIC X(30).01 W100-CUSTOMER-NAME PIC X(30).01 W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-1 PIC X(30).01 W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-2 PIC X(30).01 W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-3 PIC X(30).01 W100-CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-4 PIC X(30).01 W100-FORM-FILE-NAME. 05 W100-FNAME PIC X(08). 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW VALUES.

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-96 TG#MTI2 Function

This table describes parameters used for COBOL calls to the TG Geocoder.

Table 2.25 Trillium Global (TG) Geocoder Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

ACTION AN In 1 Defines the call type as either O=Open, P=Process, R=Minimal Open or C=Close.

CONTROL AN In/Out

16 Control work area built on the Open call, then used during the Process and Close calls. If ACTION is either P, R or C=In; if ACTION is O=Out.

01 W100-LEV1-NAME. 05 W100-L1NAME PIC X(08). 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW VALUES. 01 W100-LEV2-NAME. 05 L2NAME PIC X(08). 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW VALUES. 01 W100-BASE-NAME. 05 W100-BNAME PIC X(08). 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW VALUES. 01 W100-ACITY-NAME. 05 W100-ACNAME PIC X(08). 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW VALUES.01 W100-CSTATE-NAME. 05 W100-CSNAME PIC X(08). 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW VALUES.01 W100-STREET-NAME-BUFF PIC X(30000).01 W100-DET-BUFF PIC X(40000).01 W100-DELIVERY-TYPE PIC X(01)01 W100-LEVEL-MATCHING. 05 W100-LEVEL-MATCH PIC S9(9) COMP(OCCURS 20 TIMES.)01 W100-RULESFN. 05 W100-RULESFN PIC X(08). 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW VALUES. 01 W100-SUBPGM-NAME PIC X(08)VALUE ‘TG#MTI2’.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

TG#MTI2 Function 2-97

STREET-INFO AN In 600 Address of buffer that contains information to match against TG Postal Geocoder. See “TG Geocoder Input and Output Record Format” in Chapter 4.

RETURN-INFO AN Out 900 Address of buffer that contains information returned by Matcher. See the section “TG Geocoder Input and Output Record Format” in Chapter 4.

DISPLAY-BASEDATA AN In 1 Displays control information.

DATABASE-DATE AN In 8 Field containing the database date of TG Directory in MMM YYYY format. Optional; else low values.

SERVICE-BUREAU-NAME

AN In 30 Name of bureau to print on accuracy form.

CUSTOMER-NAME AN In 30 Customer name to print on accuracy form.

CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-1

AN In 30 Customer address to print on accuracy form.

CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-2

AN In 30 Customer address to print on accuracy form.

CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-3

AN In 30 Customer address to print on accuracy form.

CUSTOMER-ADDRESS-4

AN In 30 Customer address to print on accuracy form.

FORM-FILE-NAME AN In n* File that contains form (for historical report)

LEV1-NAME AN In n* File for Level 1 index for TG Postal Directory.

Table 2.25 Trillium Global (TG) Geocoder Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe) (Continued)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-98 TG#MTI2 Function

n* = Platform-specific width of a file name. Note that all file names should terminate with a null character after the last valid file name character.

AN = Alphanumeric

LEV2-NAME AN In n* File for Level 2 index for TG Postal Directory.

BASE-NAME AN In n* File that contains TG Directory basedata.

ACITY-NAME AN In n* File that contains TG auxiliary city

CSTATE_NAME AN In n* File that contains TG coded state

STREET-NAME-BUFF AN Out 30,000 Buffer to collect street names within province/post town, when DISPLAY-BASEDATA = (3, A, B).

DET-BUFF AN Out 40,000 Buffer to collect street details for possible matches, when DISPLAY-BASEDATA = (3, A, B).

See the section “TG Match Possibilities Data Area” in Chapter 4 of this document, for a layout of the fields included in this buffer.

DELIVERY-TYPE AN In 1 Delivery address line type; either 0=English-style addressing (hsno, street name, unit), or 1=Latin-style addressing (unit, street name, hsno).

LEVEL-MATCHING Binary In 204-byte integers

Array of integers. See the table below.This is a REQUIRED parameter.

RULESFN AN In n* Contains the TG Geocoder rules file. Optional. Set to NULL if not being used. Full details on the rules file can be found in Geocoders, in the “TG Geocoder” chapter.

Table 2.25 Trillium Global (TG) Geocoder Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe) (Continued)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

TG#MTI2 Function 2-99

The settings for level matching are described in the table below:

Table 2.26 Level Matching Parameter Values

Pos. Mex

ico

Bra

zil

Spai

n

Fran

ce

Net

herla

nds

Sing

apor

e

Port

ugal

Bel

gium

Mal

aysi

a

Italy

Switz

erla

nd

1 Street match 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

2 Dwelling match 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0

3 Neighborhood match 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1

4 Province match 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0

5 Business name match 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

6 Street type match 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1

7 Street direction match 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

8 Postal Code match 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

9 Acceptance score passing level

98 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93

10 Street name score passing level

90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90

12 Neighborhood score passing level

95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95

12 Business name score passing level

95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95

13 Post code length 5 5 5 5 6 5 7 4 5 5 4

14 Directory version 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

15 Address priority 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0

16 Directory style 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-100 Calling the Create Window Key API from COBOL

Calling the Create Window Key API from COBOLThe Create Window Key function can be used to create window keys used in matching. A window key is a composite structure that it constructed from elements in the input record. The window key is then used to select records to include in the Match window for comparison. This program uses a rules-based parameter file to create up to 30 window keys per record.

Detailed information about each parameter is contained in the table below. There are three different call types defined by the ‘ACTION’ parameter. Each call uses the same parameters with a different ACTION value. For more information about Create Window Key, see the Batch User’s Guide.

CF#WKEY Function

W100-PARM-NAME should be set to the DDNAME of the DD statement for the parameter file. W100-CURR-RECORD should be the length of the input record. W100-WINDOW-KEY-AREA is the return area for the generated window keys. It can hold a maximum of thirty 50-character window keys. Unused and bypassed window keys are set to spaces.

CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-ACTIONW100-PARM-NAME-AREAW100-CURR-RECORDW100-WINDOW-KEYW100-CONTROL

where:

01 W100-ACTION PIC X(01).01 W100-PARM-NAME 03 W100-PARM-NAME PIC X(08) 03 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-CURR-RECORD PIC X(nnn).01 W100 WINDOW-KEY-AREA 02 W100-WINDOW-KEY PIC X(50) OCCURS 30 TIMES

INDEX BY W100-WKEY-IDX.01 W100-CONTROL. PIC X(04)01 W100-SUBPGM-NAME PIC X(08)VALUE CR#WKEY.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Parameters for Create Window Key Program 2-101

This table lists parameters for COBOL calls to the Create Window Key function.

n* = Platform-specific width of a file name. Note that all file names should terminate with a Null character after the last valid file name character.AN = Alphanumeric

Parameters for Create Window Key Program

The parameter files required for COBOL calls to the Create Window Key function are:

See the Create Window Key section of the Batch Users Guide for complete information about the construction of window keys.

Table 2.27 Create Window Key Function Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

ACTION AN In 1 Defines the call type as either O=Open, P=Process, or C=Close.

PARM-NAME AN In n* Name of the parameter file. Null-terminated.

CURR-AREA AN In Variable Record that contains the data used to derive the window key.

WINDOW-KEY-AREA

AN Out 1500 Buffer for holding window key results; can contain up to 30 50-byte window keys. Keys are left-justified every 50 bytes.

CONTROL AN In/Out

4 Work area built on the Open call, then used during the Process and Close calls. If ACTION is either P or C=In; if ACTION is O=Out.

Parameter DDL file name Description

INP_DDL PARSOUT,PARSREC DDL file name, followed by the RECORD name in the DDL.

RULES_DDNAME PFRULES File containing a list of window key rules that define how many window keys to create and how each should be created.

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-102 Calling the Data Reconstructor API from COBOL

Calling the Data Reconstructor API from COBOLDetails of each parameter required by the call are listed in the following table. There are three different call types as detailed by the ‘ACTION’ parameter. Each call uses the same parameters, with a different ACTION value. For information on Data Reconstructor functionality, see the Batch User’s Guide.

RC#MULTI Function

CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-ACTION W100-CONTROL W100-PARMFILE W100-PARMECHO W100-INPUT W100-OUTPUT W100-RETURN-CODE.where:

01 W100-ACTION PIC X(1).01 W100-CONTROL PIC X(16).01 W100-PARMFILE. 05 W100-PARMFNM PIC X(08) VALUE 'PFRTRPRM'. 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-PARMECHO-NAME. 05 W100-ECHOFNM PIC X(08) VALUE 'PFECHO '. 05 FILLER PIC X(01) VALUE LOW-VALUES.01 W100-INPUT PIC X(1000).01 W100-OUTPUT. 05 W100-ROUTOUT-AREA OCCURS 50 TIMES INDEXED BY ROUT-IDX.

10 W100-ROUTOUT-CO-CODE PIC X(02).10 FILLER PIC X(01).

01 W100-RETURN-CODE PIC 9(07) COMP VALUE ZERO.01 W100-SUBPGM-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE ‘RC#MULTI’.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

RC#MULTI Function 2-103

This table lists the parameters used for Data Reconstructor function on COBOL.

n* = Platform-specific width of a file name. Note that all file names should terminate with a Null character after the last valid file name character.

Table 2.28 Data Reconstructor Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

ACTION PIC X In 1 Defines the call type as either O=Open, P=Process, or C=Close.

CONTROL PIC X In/Out

16 Control work area built on the Open call, then used during the Process and Close calls. If ACTION is either P or C=In; if ACTION is O=Out.

PARMFILE PIC X In n* Name of the parameter file.

PARMECHO PIC X In n* Name of the parameter echo file used in debugging parameter file problems. If not used, set to NULL. Optional.

INPUT PIC X In Variable Buffer that contains the input data to be processed by the reconstruction rules when the process call is used.

OUTPUT PIC X Out Variable Buffer that contains the output data generated by the reconstruction rules upon completion of the Process call.

RETCODE PIC X Out 1 Return code value indicating the status of the call. This must be checked to ensure a zero value after each call. (0=OK).

Return (error) codes, for both the program as well as the rules file, appear in Chapter 4, in the section “Data Reconstructor error codes.”

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-104 Calling the Matcher API from COBOL

Calling the Matcher API from COBOLThe Matcher is different from the other module calls in that there are many calls to individual functions within the Matcher module itself. The type of match you wish to perform dictates the functions you need to call. The two matching modes are Reference Matching and Window Matching and the operation of each are detailed below.

For more information about Matcher functionality, see the Batch User’s Guide.

Reference Matching Mode

This section discusses the steps required to use the Matcher in the Reference Match mode. This mode of operation matches one record (called the candidate record) to one or more records (called the reference record) that have been retrieved from a source like a database. The match rules are contained in external parameter files that are loaded to memory upon initialization.

Reference match requirements:• Both the candidate record and reference record(s) must be the same

shape• Reference record(s) must have been processed through the same or

similar steps as candidate records to ensure field standardization between the records.

• The Matcher fields list parameter files must be configured to use field locations (fldlocs) and not DDL field names as is commonly used in batch.

• If an optional candidate matching information key is used, the reference records must contain a unique key for both household and individual levels.

Reference Match Step and Associated Module NamesThe following list can be used as an example of the minimum steps required to perform a reference match and retrieve the results. The step name is given followed by the entry point name in parenthesis in the program. Each module section of the documentation details its function.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Reference Matching Mode 2-105

Steps external, but necessary to the match process are not in this list. An example is the step to pull records from a database to load to the Match window. This is an operation that is performed by either the calling program or another external subroutine.

This table describes these minimal steps:

Table 2.29 Suggested Reference Match Entry Point Order

Function Name Description

M#INITMR Used to set up the Match windows and initialize the Matcher.

M#PARAMS Call this function four times for a retail match; twice for a commercial match.

Each call must process one of the required fields or patterns parameter files required for the Matcher. Field files must use the fldlocs keyword instead of the fldnames keyword because DDLs are not used in the calling process.

M#ADDREC This loads the Match window with reference records (the number of records with window key of the same value as the candidate record).

M#CMATCH Used to match the transaction record to the database records loaded to the Match window during Add record.

M#NUMMAT Used to obtain the number of records that matched the candidate record.

M#GETMAT Call Obtain Reference Match to return a value in Number of Reference Matches that is equal to the total number of reference match records that are available to be obtained. (One record is called at a time.)

• Each individual record is written to a buffer. That record must be moved from the buffer before calling for another record. Otherwise, the original record is overwritten.

• Buffer is the input record length plus 3 bytes holding the match pattern ID number (e.g. P150 would have a pattern ID of 150).

• By default, the returned buffer is sorted in match pattern ID ascending order. If this order is not desired, the pattern ID numbers can all be set to the same value.

• Calling parameters specify if you are requesting a household/commercial match or an individual match.

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-106 Window Matching Mode

Suspect matches can be retrieved in a similar way if suspect match patterns are being used. Call the number of reference suspects (M#NUMSUS) function and use the value returned to loop for calling the obtain reference suspects (M#GETSUS) function.

Window Matching ModeThis section discusses the steps required to use the Matcher in the Window Match mode. This mode of operation matches a group of records to one another. The match rules are contained in external parameter files that are loaded to memory upon initialization.

Window Match Step and Associated Module NamesThe following list can be used as an example of the minimum steps required to perform a window match and retrieve the results. The step name is given followed by the entry point name in parenthesis in the program. Each module section of the documentation details its function. Steps external, but necessary, to the match process are not in this list.

M#CLEARW Empties the Match window and restart with Add record to match the next transaction.

M#ENDMAT Call End Matcher after matching is complete to close the Matcher and write statistics to a file.

Table 2.30 Suggested Window Match Entry Point Order

Function Name Description

M#INITMR Call Initialize Matcher to set up the Match windows and initialize the Matcher.

M#PARAMS Call Process Parameter four times for a retail match; twice for a commercial match. Each call must process one of the required fields or patterns parameter files required for the Matcher. The field files must use the fldlocs keyword instead of the fldnames keyword because DDLs are not used in the API process.

Table 2.29 Suggested Reference Match Entry Point Order

Function Name Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Add Record (M#ADDREC) 2-107

Declare a field in Working Storage to be set to the entry point names of the matcher functions.

01 W100-SUBPGM-NAME PIC X(08) VALUE SPACES.

The M#ADDREC function adds records to a Match window.

M#ADDREC Call Add Record for the number of records with the same candidate code to be added to a Match window.

M#SORTWN Call Sort Window to sort the matched window records into a specified order (such as matched individuals within matched household).

M#WMATCH Call Match Window to perform match of the records that have been loaded to the Match window during Add record.

M#COMMON Call Create Common to append the common data and survivor flag information about the matched records (Window match only).Optional

M#RETRVR Call Retrieve Record for the # of window records to retrieve the matched record with appended match information. Returned buffer size must equal input record length + 184 bytes.

M#CLEARW Call Clear Window to empty the Match window and restart with Add record.

M#ENDMAT Call End Matcher after all matching is complete to close the Matcher and write statistics.

Add Record (M#ADDREC)

Table 2.30 Suggested Window Match Entry Point Order (Continued)

Function Name Description

MOVE ‘M#ADDREC’ TO W100-SUBPGM-NAME.CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-RETVAL W100-PARM-TYPE W100-MAT-RECORD-FULL W100-USERAREA.

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-108 Clear Window (M#CLEARW)

This table describes parameters for COBOL calls to the Add Record function.

n* = Length of the record to be added to the Match window. The length used here must be the same as what was defined during the initializeMatcher call.

The M#CLEARW function erases the specified window record list.

This table describes parameters used by COBOL calls to the Clear Window function.

Table 2.31 Add Record Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

RETVAL PIC X Out 1 Error code returned by the subroutine. See the error codes for Add Record in Chapter 4.

PARM-TYPE PIC X In 1 Indicates the window to expand in the match, and therefore the type of match.

R= use the Retail window along with the Retail field and pattern lists for matchingC= use the Commercial window along with the Commercial field and pattern lists for matching.

MAT-RECORD-FULL

PIC X In n* Specifies the record to be added.

USERAREA PIC X In 16 Address of the parameter area that resides in the calling program but is maintained by the Matcher.

Clear Window (M#CLEARW)

MOVE ‘M#CLEARW’ TO W100-SUBPGM-NAME.CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-RETVAL

W100-PARM-TYPE W100-USERAREA.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Create Common (M#COMMON) 2-109

The M#COMMON function creates the common data segment for matched records in a record list and can optionally produce the linked records file (Window match only). The common data is defined as the “best” data derived from matches, based on the rules defined in the common fields parameter file.

This table describes the parameters used in COBOL calls to the Create Common function.

Table 2.32 Clear Window Function Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

RETVAL PIC X Out 1 Error code returned. See the error codes for Clear Window in Chapter 4.

PARM-TYPE PIC X In 1 Indicates which window to erase; either R=Retail, or C=Commercial.

USERAREA PIC X In 16 Address of the parameter area that resides in the calling program but is maintained by the Matcher.

Create Common (M#COMMON)

MOVE ‘M#COMMON’ TO W100-SUBPGM-NAME.CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-RETVAL W100-PARM-TYPE W100-USERAREA.

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-110 End Matcher (M#ENDMAT)

The M#ENDMAT function optionally displays program statistics, erases both the retail and commercial window record lists (if they still exist), and terminates the Matcher.

This table describes the parameters used by COBOL calls to the End Matcher function.

Table 2.33 Create Common Function Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

RETVAL PIC X Out 1 Error code returned. See the error codes for Create Common in Chapter 4.

PARM-TYPE PIC X In 1 Indicates the window from which to generate the common data segment:

R=Retail C=Commercial.

USERAREA PIC X In 16 Address of the parameter area that resides in the calling program but is maintained by the Matcher.

End Matcher (M#ENDMAT)

MOVE ‘M#ENDMAT’ TO W100-SUBPGM-NAME.CALL 'W100-SUBPGM-NAME' USING W100-RETVAL W100-USERAREA.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Initialize Matcher (M#INITMR) 2-111

The M#INITMR function creates the Match window area for either a Reference match or a Window match.

This table describes how these parameters are declared.

Table 2.34 End Matcher Function Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

RETVAL PIC X Out 1 Error code returned by the subroutine. See Chapter 4 for End Matcher error codes.

USERAREA PIC X In 16 Address of the parameter area that resides in the calling program but is maintained by the Matcher.

Initialize Matcher (M#INITMR)

Table 2.35 Initialize Matcher Function Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

RETVAL PIC X Out 1 Error code returned by the subroutine. Initialize to a space to invoke a regular match.Initialize to “S” to invoke the slow match.

MOVE ‘M#INITMR’ TO W100-SUBPGM-NAME.CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-RETVAL W100-STAT-FILE-DATA W100-LINK-FILE-DATA W100-RECLEN W100-USERAREA.

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-112 Initialize Matcher (M#INITMR)

n* = Platform-specific width of a file name. Note that all file names should terminate with a Null character after the last valid file name character.

STAT-FILE-DATA PIC X In n* File where program statistics are displayed.

LINK-FILE-DATA PIC X In n* Name of the file to contain keys of matched records when performing multiple window match scenarios. This file is only required when performing window matching.

RECLEN Binary In 7 Length of input file records to match. A negative length allows data about the match comparisons to be written to the statistics file. Useful in debugging Matcher problems.

USERAREA PIC X Out 16 Address of the parameter area that resides in the calling program but is maintained by the Matcher.

Table 2.35 Initialize Matcher Function Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe) (Continued)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Match Candidate (M#CMATCH) 2-113

The M#CMATCH function initiates the matching of a specified candidate record against records in the specified window record list and saves information about the best matches.

This table describes how these parameters are declared.

n* = Length of the candidate record to be matched to the records added to the match window during the addRecord call. The length used here must be the same as what was defined during the initializeMatcher call.

Match Candidate (M#CMATCH)

Table 2.36 Match Candidate Function Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

RETVAL PIC X Out 1 Error code returned by the subroutine.

CODE PIC X In 1 Indicates the window to use in the match, and therefore the type of matching:R= use the Retail window along with the Retail field and pattern lists for matchingC = use the Commercial window along with the Commercial field and pattern lists for matching.

BUFFER PIC X In n* Specifies the candidate record to match.

USERAREA PIC X In 16 Address of the parameter area that resides in the calling program but is maintained by the Matcher.

MOVE ‘M#CMATCH’ TO W100-SUBPGM-NAME.CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USINGW100-RETVAL W100-CODE W100-BUFFER W100-USERAREA.

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-114 Match Window (M#WMATCH)

Initiates the matching of a specified window record list against itself. Appends the results of the matching process to each record in the record list.

This table describes parameters for COBOL calls to the Match Window function.

Match Window (M#WMATCH)

Table 2.37 Match Window Function Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

RETVAL PIC X Out 1 Error code returned by the subroutine. See the error codes for Match Window in Chapter 4.

PARM-TYPE PIC X In 1 Indicates the window used in the match, and the type of match

R=Retail – Use the Retail window along with the Retail field and pattern lists for matchingC=Commercial – Use the Commercial window along with the Commercial field and pattern lists for matching.

USERAREA PIC X In 16 Address of the parameter area that resides in the calling program but is maintained by the Matcher.

MOVE ‘M#WMATCH’ TO W100-SUBPGM-NAME.CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-RETVAL W100-PARM-TYPE W100-USERAREA.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Number of Reference Matches (M#NUMMAT) 2-115

The M#NUMMAT function finds the number of matches which occurred on a Reference match.

This table describes the parameters used by COBOL calls to the Number of Reference Matches function.

Number of Reference Matches (M#NUMMAT)

Table 2.38 Number of Reference Matches Function Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

RETVAL PIC X Out 1 Error code returned by the subroutine. See these error codes listed in Chapter 4.

MLEV PIC X In 1 Set to either: 0=Household/Commercial 1=Individual

NUMBER-OF-MATCHES

Binary

Out 7 Number of matches.

USERAREA PIC X In 16 Address of the parameter area that resides in the calling program but is maintained by the Matcher.

MOVE ‘M#NUMMAT’ TO W100-SUBPGM-NAME.CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-RETVAL W100-MLEV W100-NUMBER-OF-MATCHES W100-USERAREA

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-116 Number of Suspect Matches (M#NUMSUS)

The M#NUMSUS function finds the number of suspect matches that occurred on a Reference match.

This table describes the parameters used by COBOL calls to the Number of Suspect Matches function.

Number of Suspect Matches (M#NUMSUS)

Table 2.39 Number of Suspect Matches Function Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

RETVAL PIC X Out 1 Error code returned by the subroutine. See these error codes listed in Chapter 4.

MLEV PIC X In 1 Set to either: 0=Household/Commercial, or 1=Individual

NUMBER-OF-SUSPECTS

Binary Out 7 Number of suspects.

USERAREA PIC X In 16 Address of the parameter area that resides in the calling program but is maintained by the Matcher.

MOVE ‘M#NUMSUS’ TO W100-SUBPGM-NAME.CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-RETVAL W100-MLEV W100-NUMBER-OF-SUSPECTS W100-USERAREA

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Obtain Reference Match (M#GETMAT) 2-117

The M#GETMAT function obtains the specified record that matched successfully on a reference match from the specified window.

This table lists parameters used by COBOL calls to the Obtain Reference Match function.

n1 = Length of numeric value indicating which match to retrieve.n2 = Length of the record as defined during the initializeMatcher call + 3 bytes to contain the matched pattern ID.

Obtain Reference Match (M#GETMAT)

Table 2.40 Obtain Reference Match Function Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

RETVAL PIC X Out 1 Error code returned by the subroutine. See these error codes listed in Chapter 4.

MLEV PIC X In 1 Set to either: 0=Household/Commercial, or 1=Individual

RECORD Binary In n1 Indicates which match to retrieve from the match window.

BUFFER PIC X In n2 Address of the area to receive the record.

USERAREA PIC X In 16 Address of the parameter area that resides in the calling program but is maintained by the Matcher.

MOVE ‘M#GETMAT’ TO W100-SUBPGM-NAME.CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-RETVAL W100-MLEV W100-RECORD W100-BUFFER W100-USERAREA

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-118 Obtain Reference Suspect Match (M#GETSUS)

The M#GETSUS function obtains the specified record that suspected successfully on a reference match from the specified window.

This table describes the parameters used by COBOL calls to the Obtain Reference Suspect Matches function.

n1 = Length of numeric value indicating which suspect match to retrieve.n2 = Length of the record as defined during the initializeMatcher call + 3 bytes to contain the suspect pattern ID.

Obtain Reference Suspect Match (M#GETSUS)

Table 2.41 Obtain Reference Suspect Match Function Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

RETVAL PIC X Out 1 Error code returned by the subroutine. See chapter 4 for a list of error codes.

MLEV PIC X In 1 Set to either:

0=Household/Commercial1=Individual

RECORD Binary In n1 Indicates which suspect match to retrieve.

BUFFER PIC X Out n2 Address of the area to receive the record.

USERAREA PIC X In 16 Address of the parameter area that resides in the calling program but is maintained by the Matcher.

MOVE ‘M#GETSUS’ TO W100-SUBPGM-NAME.CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-RETVAL W100-MLEV W100-RECORD W100-BUFFER W100-USERAREA

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Process Parameters (M#PARAMS) 2-119

The M#PARAMS function processes a Matcher parameter file (either a field list or a pattern list.)

This table describes how these parameters are declared.

Process Parameters (M#PARAMS)

Table 2.42 Process Parameters Function Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

RETVAL PIC X Out 1 Error code returned by the subroutine. See a list of these codes in Chapter 4.

FILE-NAME-DATA PIC X 5 Specifies the name of the Matcher parameter file to be processed.

PARM-TYPE PIC X In 1 Numerical indicator of which Matcher parm file to process. See below for a list of parameter types and their numerical identifiers.

A-BYTE-WORK-AREA PIC X – 1 Not currently used.

B-BYTE-WORK-AREA PIC X – 1 Not currently used.

USERAREA PIC X In 16 Address of the parameter area that resides in the calling program but is maintained by the Matcher.

MOVE ‘M#PARAMS’ TO W100-SUBPGM-NAME.CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-RETVAL W100-FILE-NAME-DATA W100-PARM-TYPE W100-A-BYTE-WORK-AREA W100-B-BYTE-WORK-AREA W100-USERAREA.

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-120 Process Parameters (M#PARAMS)

Values for PARM-TYPE are:

Table 2.43 Parameter File Types for Process_Parameters

Value Description

0 Field list parameters for producing the common data segment. When the specified ‘parmtype’ value is “0”, the following field descriptions along with dictionary field names or field positions and length values should appear in the specified parameter file to allow for the creation of the common data segment.• branch_number• middle_name• business_name• last_name• first_name• postal_code• gender• street_title• house_number• source_id

1 Household field comparison routine list (pfhhflds)

2 Individual field comparison routine list (pfinflds)

3 Business field comparison routine list (pfcoflds)

4 Household grade pattern list (pfhhpats)

5 Individual grade pattern list (pfinpats)

6 Business grade pattern list (pfcopats)

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Retrieve Records (M#RETRVR) 2-121

The M#RETRVR function retrieves the specified relative record from a specified window record list.

This table lists parameters used for COBOL calls to Retrieve Records:

Retrieve Records (M#RETRVR)

Table 2.44 Retrieve Records Function Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

RETVAL PIC X Out 1 Error code returned by the subroutine.

PARM-TYPE PIC X In 1 Window to use in the match, and type of match. R=Retail–Use the Retail window along with the Retail field and pattern lists for matchingC=Commercial–Use along with the Commercial field and pattern lists for matching.

RECORD-CNTR

Binary In 7 Indicates which record to retrieve.

MAT-RECORD-FULL

PIC X Out n* Area to receive retrieved record. If window matching (Match Window) is used to match records, the buffer must be defined as an array (input record length +184) bytes, because matching results will be appended to the record.

MOVE ‘M#RETRVR’ TO W100-SUBPGM-NAME.CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-RETVAL W100-PARM-TYPE W100-RECORD-CNTR W100-MAT-RECORD-FULL W100-USERAREA.

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-122 Sort Window (M#SORTWN)

n* = Platform-specific width of a file name. Note that all file names should terminate with a Null character after the last valid file name character.

The M#SORTWN function retrieves the specified relative record from a specified window record list.

This table describes the parameters used by COBOL calls to the Sort Window function.

USERAREA PIC X In 16 Address of the parameter area that resides in the calling program but is maintained by the Matcher.

Sort Window (M#SORTWN)

Table 2.45 Sort Window Function Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

RETVAL PIC X Out 1 Error code returned by the subroutine. See a list of these codes in Chapter 4.

Table 2.44 Retrieve Records Function Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

MOVE ‘M#SORTWN’ TO W100-SUBPGM-NAME.CALL W100-SUBPGM-NAME USING W100-RETVAL W100-PARM-TYPE W100-ORDER W100-USERAREA.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Sort Window (M#SORTWN) 2-123

PARM-TYPE PIC X In 1 Indicates window to use in the match, and the type of match

R= use the Retail window along with the Retail field and pattern lists for matching C= use the Commercial window along with the Commercial field and pattern lists for matching.

ORDER PIC X In 1 Indicates which keys to use for the sort:1 = Matched individuals in matched households 2 = Suspect individuals in suspect households 3 = Matched individuals in suspect individuals within matched households (WHM, WHMIS, WHMIM).

USERAREA PIC X In 16 Address of the parameter area that resides in the calling program but is maintained by the Matcher.

Table 2.45 Sort Window Function Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe)

Parameter Type Use Length Description

Trillium Software System API Calls on IBM Mainframe

2-124 Sort Window (M#SORTWN)

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

CHAPTER 3 Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

This chapter includes tables of all possible error codes and other returned data that is output from all of the Trillium Software System modules.

Note that the returned data is the same on every platform.

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-2 Converter/Investigator API Error Codes

Converter/Investigator API Error CodesThe following table contains all possible output values (error codes) returned from the Converter or Investigator module.

These codes are returned by the Converter and Investigator Retcode parameter.

Table 3.1 Converter/Investigator Error Codes

Code Description

0 No error. Module has executed successfully.

1 Generic error. Detailed information is located in a file with the prefix stderr.

2 No previous open call was performed for a P or C call.

3 DLL related error (for example, DDL not found, illegal entry)

4 Memory allocation or free error.

5 Invalid call type. Action parameter must be either Open, Process, or Close.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Customer Data Parser API Output 3-3

Customer Data Parser API OutputThis table describes the output returned from the Customer Data Parser.

Table 3.2 Customer Data Parser (PREPOS Layout)

Field Position Length Description

Codes Section

PR_RETURN 1 1 Return codes returned by the program. For a complete list of codes, see page 3-32.

PR_CONFIDENCE 2-3 2 Acceptance level of complete name and address.

Comments: Confidence is how well the system analyzes completeness of the record and how hard it worked to identify each record line. Confidence works with the THRESHOLD parameter in the Driver parameter file (pfprsdrv). It is a value between 00 and 10. As confidence decreases it shaves off the score passed in from comprehension to determine its final value.

PR_COMPREHENSION 4-5 2 Acceptance level of understood name and address.

Comments: Comprehension is how well the system understands the input it was given. If the system feels it has understood all parts of the input then it assigns a numerical score between 00 and 10, 10 being the highest. Once a numerical score is established it goes on to the next area of confidence.

PR_ORIG_LINEPAT 6 – 15 10 Original line pattern of 10 input address lines corresponding to the in_area LINE1-LINE10 definitions.

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-4 Customer Data Parser API Output

Comments: The line pattern of the input address lines is determined through a combination of weighting the orientation of the line within the full address, and the number and weight of the elements identified on the line. Possible types are: A = Apartment B = Box E = E-mail F = Firm G = Geography H = Hold M = Miscellaneous N = Name R = Rural Route S = Street Y = Miscellaneous w/Care-of Z = Miscellaneous Street ? = Unidentified Blank = No Input Information

Table 3.2 Customer Data Parser (PREPOS Layout) (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Customer Data Parser API Output 3-5

PR_LINE_RULES 16-35 20 Ten two-byte line rules. Rules applied by the Parser to determine the line types of oraddrl1-10.

Comments:The line type Identification rules are:00 = No Rule Applied01 = User Wins02 = First Is Name03 = By Line Flag04 = Has House number05 = Has Zip Code06 = Has Score07 = Surrounded By Geography08 = Identify Geography09 = Same Last Name

10 = First Token Misc.11 = Surrounded By Street12 = Matched Name Pattern13 = Has Apostrophe14 = Surrounded By Names15 = Last Line Has Geography16 = Connected To Previous17 = Adjusted By Overall Context18 = Misc. Has Name Score19 = Misc. Has Street Name20 = Street Line Already Present

PR_NAME_REVIEW_CODES 36-355 300 Ten three-byte name review codes for each name, up to 10 names. These are allocated because of the fact that any single name may have more than 1 condition to report. This information is used in the determination of the pr_rev_group field.

Table 3.2 Customer Data Parser (PREPOS Layout) (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-6 Customer Data Parser API Output

Review codes:000 = No Review Code Found001 = Unknown Name Pattern002 = Stand. First Name Too Long003 = Disp. First Name Too Long004 = Tot. # Export Names GT Max005 = Stand. Midd. Name Too Long006 = Disp. Midd. Name Too Long007 = Too Many Middle Names008 = Stand. Last Name Too Long009 = Disp. Last Name Too Long010 = Standardized Title Too Long011 = Display Title Too Long

012 = Too Many Titles013 = Stand. Connector Too Long014 = Disp. Connector Too Long015 = Stand. Relation Too Long016 = Display Relation Too Long017 = Stand. Business Too Long018 = Display Business Too Long019 = Derived Gender Conflict020 = Stand. Generation Too Long021 = Disp. Generation Too Long022 = More Than One Middle Name

Table 3.2 Customer Data Parser (PREPOS Layout) (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Customer Data Parser API Output 3-7

PR_STREET_REVIEW_CODES 336-365 30 Ten three-byte review codes for each street. This information is used in the determination of the pr_rev_group field.

Comments:026 = Unknown Street Pattern027 = Std. Street Type Too Long028 = Display Street Type Too Long029 = Too Many Street Types030 = Std Direction Too Long031 = Display Direction Too Long032 = Too Many Directions033 = Std Street Title Too Long034 = Display Street Title Too Long035 = Std Complex Name Too Long036 = Disp Complex Name Too Long037 = Standardized Hsno Too Long038 = Display Hsno Too Long039 = Unusual House Number040 = Display Dwelling Too Long041 = Std Dwelling Too Long042 = Too Many Dwellings

043 = Unusual Dwelling Value044 = Too Many Dwelling Values045 = Display Box Too Long046 = Standardized Box Too Long047 = Unusual Box Value048 = Display Route Too Long049 = Standardized Route Too Long050 = Standardized Route# Too Long051 = Display Route# Too Long052 = Unusual Route Value053 = Std Complex Type Too Long054 = Disp Complex Type Too Long055 = Std Dwelling Num Too Long056 = Std Box Number Too Long057 = Display Box Number Too Long058 = Disp Dwelling Number Too Long059 = Duplicate Street Line Types

Table 3.2 Customer Data Parser (PREPOS Layout) (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-8 Customer Data Parser API Output

PR_GEOG_REVIEW_CODES 366-395 30 Ten three-byte review codes for each geography field. This information is used in the determination of the pr_rev_group field.

Comments:061 = No City Name Found 062 = No State Found in Record063 = Standardized City Too Long064 = Display City Too Long066 = Std St/Prov/County Too Long067 = Disp St/Prov/County Too Long070 = Std Country Too Long071 = Display Country Too Long

072 = Std Neighborhood Too Long 073 = Disp Neighborhood Too Long 074 = Std Post Code Too Long 075 = Display Post Code Too Long 076 = Unusual Post Code Value 077 = Corrected CityName Too Long 078 = City Name Chg Used For City 079 = Conflicting Geographic Types 080 = Domestic City Name Present, But Could Not Be Verified

PR_MISC_REVIEW_CODES 396-695 300 Ten 3-byte review codes for each miscellaneous field. This information is used in the determination of the pr_rev_group field.

Comments: 083 = Unidentified Token 084 = Unidentified Line 085 = Invalid Token Definition 086 = Label or Label Element Too Long

087 = Misc. Data For Line Too Long 088 = Too Many Categories 089 = Too Many Names For Export 090 = Mixed Name Forms Present 091 = Hold Mail Element Present

Table 3.2 Customer Data Parser (PREPOS Layout) (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Customer Data Parser API Output 3-9

PR_GLOBAL_REVIEW_CODES 696-725 30 Ten 3-byte review codes for each global field. This information is used in the determination of the pr_rev_group field.

Comments:092 = Foreign Address Element Found093 = No Name Identified

094 = No Street Identified095 = No Geography Identified096 – 099 = Currently Unassigned

PR_NUMBER_OF_NAMES 726-727 2 Number of names (personal and business) on the input record. Values are 00–10.

PR_NAME_TYPES 728 1 Categorization value based on the mixture of name types identified on the input record.

Comments:1 = Retail/personal (John Smith)2 = Business (e.g. Harte Hanks)

3 = Reject–Neither business or personal name identified4 = Mixed–Both business and individual names included.

PR_CATEGORY 729-778 50 Concatenated codes from overall address, terminated with a | character. An example of a category may be an SIC Code assigned to a business word. See Table Maintenance documentation for more information on the assignment of categories.

PR_REV_GROUP 779-781 3 Parser Statistical Report – summarizes the number and percentage of records distributed over each review group. These codes help in determining general data conditions within parsing, and guide the user to areas for more specific parser tuning. The Parser review group codes displayed in the default review group hierarchy.

Table 3.2 Customer Data Parser (PREPOS Layout) (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-10 Customer Data Parser API Output

Comments: 001 = Unidentified Token 005 = No Names Identified 006 = No Street Identified 007 = No Geography Identified 014 = No City or Country Found 019 = Unidentified Line 008 = Unknown Name Pattern 011 = Unknown Street Pattern 013 = Unusual or Long Address012 = Invalid Directional

017 = Conflicting Geography Types 015 = Geography Too Long 018 = Unable To Verify City Names 016 = Corrected CityName Too Long 020 = Multiple Street Names Type 010 = Multiple Middle Names 009 = Derived Genders Conflict 004 = Foreign Address 003 = Hold Mail 002 = Mixed Name Forms 000 = No Review Code Found

Table 3.2 Customer Data Parser (PREPOS Layout) (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Customer Data Parser API Output 3-11

STREET SECTION

PR_HSE_NBR 782-796 15 Output field used by the Parser to store the input house value.5, 10, 20, and so on; as in 5 Main Street

PR_HSE_NBR_DISPLAY 797-811 15 Output field used by the Parser to store the original input house value.5, 10, 20, and so on; (no recodes applied)

PR_HSE_MASK 812-826 15 Output field used by the Parser to store the shape of the input house values. N = Numeric A = Alpha -, / = Special

PR_HSE_TYPE 827 1 Output field used by Parser to store the input house type. N = Numeric – = Hyphenated U = Unusual S = Slash B = Blank A = Alpha

PR_ST_TL 828-852 25 Output field used to store the input street title; for example, Main or Elm, as in 5 Main Street.

PR_ST_TL_DISPLAY 853-877 25 Output field used to store the original input street title; for example, Main or Elm. No recodes are applied.

PR_ST_TYPE1 878-892 15 Output field used to store the first street type input; for example, Rd. or St., as in 5 Main St.

Table 3.2 Customer Data Parser (PREPOS Layout) (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-12 Customer Data Parser API Output

PR_ST_TYPE1_DISPLAY 893-907 15 Output field used to store the original first street type input; for example, Rd. or St. No recodes are applied.

PR_ST_TYPE2 908-922 15 Output field used to store the second street type input; for example, Rd., St., or Ave.

PR_ST_TYPE2_DISPLAY 923-937 15 Output field used to store the original second street type input; for example, Rd., St., or Ave. No recodes applied.

PR_PR_ST_DIR 938-949 12 Output field to store input prefix street direction; for example, N, S, W, or E.

PR_PR_ST_DIR_DISPLAY 950-961 12 Output field used to store the original prefix street direction input; for example, N, S, W, or E.

PR_SC_ST_DIR 962-973 12 Output field to store post street direction input; for example, N, S, W, or E.

PR_SC_ST_DIR_DISPLAY 974-985 12 Output field used to store the original post street direction input; for example, N, S, W, or E. No recodes applied.

PR_RTE_NAME 986-1005 20 Output field used to store the input route name; for example, Route or Rt.

PR_RTE_NAME_DISPLAY 1006-1025

20 Output field used to store the input route name; for example, Route or Rt. No recodes applied.

PR_RTE_NBR 1026-1033

8 Output field used to store the input route value; for example, 1, 300, and 212.

Table 3.2 Customer Data Parser (PREPOS Layout) (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Customer Data Parser API Output 3-13

PR_RTE_MASK 1034-1041

8 Output field used to store the shape of the input route value. Valid values are: N = Numeric A = Alpha-, / = Special

PR_RTE_TYPE 1042 1 Output field used to store the input route type. Valid values are: R = Route H = Highway

PR_BOX_NAME 1043-1062

20 Output field used to store the input box name; for example, Box or PO Box.

PR_BOX_NAME_DISPLAY 1063-1082

20 Output field used to store the original input box name; for example, Box or PO Box. No recodes applied.

PR_BOX_NBR 1083-1092

10 Output field used to store the input box value; for example, 6, 12, or 811.

PR_BOX_MASK 1093-1102

10 Output field used to store the shape of the input box value: N = Numeric A = Alpha-, / = Special

PR_BOX_TYPE 1103 1 Output field used to store the input box type: B = Box D = Drawer P = PO Box T = Pole

Table 3.2 Customer Data Parser (PREPOS Layout) (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-14 Customer Data Parser API Output

PR_COMPLEX1_NAME 1104-1128

25 Output field used to store the standardized name of an apartment complex, military complex, or business complex. For example, Bay Crest, USS John F Kennedy, and so on It would contain the ‘Marvin’ in “Marvin Gardens.”

PR_COMPLEX1_NAME_DISPLAY

1129-1153

25 Output field used to store the original input name of an apartment complex, military complex, or business complex. For example, Bay Crest, USS John F Kennedy.

PR_COMPLEX1_TYPE 1154-1168

15 Output field used to store the standardized type of apartment complex, military complex, or business complex. For example, Airport, College; It would contain the ‘Gardens’ in “Marvin Gardens.”

PR_COMPLEX1_TYPE_DISPLAY

1169-1183

15 Output field used to store the original type of apartment complex, military complex, or business complex. For example, Airport, College.

PR_COMPLEX2_NAME 1184-1208

25 Output field to store standardized name of a secondary apartment complex, military complex, or business complex. For example, Bay Crest, USS John F Kennedy.

PR_COMPLEX2_NAME_DISPLAY

1209-1233

25 Output field to store original input name of a secondary apartment complex, military complex, or business complex. For example, Bay Crest, USS John F Kennedy. No recodes applied.

Table 3.2 Customer Data Parser (PREPOS Layout) (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Customer Data Parser API Output 3-15

PR_COMPLEX2_TYPE 1234-1248

15 Output field used to store the standardized type of a secondary apartment complex, military complex, or business complex. For example, Airport, College.

PR_COMPLEX2_TYPE_DISPLAY

1249-1263

15 Output field used to store the original type of a secondary apartment complex, military complex, or business complex. For example, Airport, College.

PR_COMPLEX3_NAME 1264-1288

25 Output field used to store the standardized name of a tertiary apartment complex, military complex, or business complex. For example, Bay Crest, USS John F Kennedy.

PR_COMPLEX3_NAME_DISPLAY

1289-1313

25 Output field used to store the original input name of a tertiary apartment complex, military complex, or business complex. For example, Bay Crest, USS John F Kennedy. No recodes applied.

PR_COMPLEX3_TYPE 1314-1328

15 Output field used to store the standardized type of a tertiary apartment complex, military complex, or business complex. For example, Airport, College.

PR_COMPLEX3_TYPE_DISPLAY

1329-1343

15 Output field used to store the original type of a tertiary apartment complex, military complex, or business complex. For example, Airport, College. No recodes applied.

Table 3.2 Customer Data Parser (PREPOS Layout) (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-16 Customer Data Parser API Output

PR_DWEL1_NAME 1344-1363

20 Output field used to store the standardized type of dwelling when pairs of two-part dwelling tokens exist. Examples of two-part dwelling tokens: Apartment Apartment# Suite Suite#

PR_DWEL1_NAME_DISPLAY 1364-1383

20 Output field used to store the original type of dwelling when pairs of two-part dwelling tokens exist. Examples of two-part dwelling tokens: Apartment Apartment# Suite Suite#

PR_DWEL1_NBR 1384-1393

10 Output field used to store the dwelling value when pairs of two-part dwelling token exist. For example, 12, 200, as in Suite 12.

PR_DWEL1_MASK 1394-1403

10 Output field used to store the shape of the dwelling value when pairs of two-part dwelling token exist. N = Numeric A = Alpha-, / = Special

PR_DWEL1_TYPE 1404 1 Output field used to store the dwelling type value when pairs of two-part dwelling token exist. A = ApartmentF = FloorU = UnitL = LotD = DepartmentS = SiteT = Suite

Table 3.2 Customer Data Parser (PREPOS Layout) (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Customer Data Parser API Output 3-17

PR_DWEL2_NAME 1405-1424

20 Output field used to store the standardized type of the secondary dwelling when pairs of 2–part dwelling tokens exist. Examples of two-part dwelling tokens: Apartment Apartment# Suite Suite#

PR_DWEL2_NAME_DISPLAY 1425-1444

20 Output field used to store the original type of secondary dwelling when pairs of two-part dwelling token exist. No recodes applied. Examples of two-part dwelling tokens: Apartment Apartment# Suite Suite#

PR_DWEL2_NBR 1445-1454

10 Output field used to store the secondary dwelling value when pairs of two-part dwelling token exist. For example, 12, 200, as in Suite 12.

PR_DWEL2_MASK 1455-1464

10 Output field used to store the shape of the secondary dwelling value when pairs of two-part dwelling token exist. N = Numeric A = Alpha-, / = Special

PR_DWEL2_TYPE 1465 1 Output field used to store the dwelling type value when pairs of two-part dwelling token exist. A = ApartmentF = FloorU = UnitL = LotD = DepartmentS = SiteT = Suite

Table 3.2 Customer Data Parser (PREPOS Layout) (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-18 Customer Data Parser API Output

PR_DWEL3_NAME 1466-1485

20 Output field used to store the standardized type of the tertiary dwelling when pairs of two-part dwelling tokens exist. Examples of two-part dwelling tokens: Apartment Apartment# Suite Suite#

PR_DWEL3_NAME_DISPLAY 1486-1505

20 Output field used to store the original type of tertiary dwelling when pairs of two-part dwelling token exist.

PR_DWEL3_NBR 1506-1515

10 Output field used to store the tertiary dwelling value when pairs of two-part dwelling token exist. For example, 12, 200, as in Suite 12.

PR_DWEL3_MASK 1516-1525

10 Output field used to store the shape of the tertiary dwelling value when pairs of two-part dwelling token exist. N = Numeric A = Alpha-, / = Special

PR_DWEL3_TYPE 1526 1 Output field used to store the tertiary dwelling type value when pairs of two-part dwelling token exist. A = ApartmentF = FloorU = UnitL = LotD = DepartmentS = SiteT = Suite

Table 3.2 Customer Data Parser (PREPOS Layout) (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Customer Data Parser API Output 3-19

PR_MISC_ADDR 1527-2026

500 Output field used to store miscellaneous address values – 50 bytes per line. The data from any address line with an attribute of IGNORE assigned to it in Parser is contained here (num, unclaimed, unknown)

PR_BEST_NUMBER 2027-2036

10 Best number composite, constructed as follows:If house number exist, use house #.If APT number exists, use APT #.If box number exists, use box #.If route number exists, use route #.

This number is used primarily in the relationship matching process. For example, 1, 200, 1200.

PR_BEST_ST_TL 2037-2061

25 Best street title composite, constructed as follows:If street name exists, use street name.If complex name/type exists, use complex name/type.If box name exists, use box name.This number is used primarily in the relationship matching process. For example, Main or Elm.

GEOGRAPHIC SECTION

PR_COUNTRY_NAME 2062-2091

30 Output field used to store the country name. Canada, Mexico - This field populates when a country field is found within the address lines (not assigned by Trillium Software).

PR_COUNTRY_NAME_DISPLAY

2092-2121

30 Output field used to store the original country name. Canada, Mexico (no recodes applied).

Table 3.2 Customer Data Parser (PREPOS Layout) (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-20 Customer Data Parser API Output

PR_NEIGH1_NAME 2122-2151

30 Output field used to store the neighborhood 1/locality name. Bo Barcelona, URB El Duque. This field is typically used in data residing in the UK and Latin America.

PR_NEIGH1_NAME_DISPLAY 2152-2181

30 Output field used to store the original neighborhood 1/locality name. Bo Barcelona, URB El Duque (no recodes applied). This field is typically used in data residing in the UK and Latin America.

PR_NEIGH2_NAME 2182-2211

30 Output field used to store the neighborhood 2/locality name. Bo Barcelona, URB El Duque. This field is typically used in data residing in the UK and Latin America.

PR_NEIGH2_NAME_DISPLAY 2212-2241

30 Output field to store the original neighborhood 2/locality name. Bo Barcelona, URB El Duque (no recodes applied). This field is typically used in data residing in the UK and Latin America.

PR_CITY_NAME 2242-2271

30 Output field to store the city name. For example, Boston, New York, or London.

PR_CITY_NAME_DISPLAY 2272-2301

30 Output field to store original city name. For example, Boston or Manhattan. No recodes applied.

PR_CITY_NUMBER 2302-2307

6 Output field to store the city name.V22663, (ANNNNNN). This value is assigned in Parser and is generally used as a primary look-up key in any geocoding process.

PR_CITY_STATUS 2308 1 Output field to store the city status.

Table 3.2 Customer Data Parser (PREPOS Layout) (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Customer Data Parser API Output 3-21

PR_CITY_LNAME_DIR 2309-2338

30 Output field to store the long city name from the directory. Displays city and state abbreviation (Billerica, MA).

PR_ST_PROV_CTY_NAME 2339-2368

30 Output field to store the state, province or county name.MA, Cheshire

PR_ST_PROV_CTY_NAME_DISPLAY

2369-2398

30 Output field to store the original state, province or county name. For example, Massachusetts, Cheshire. No recodes applied.

PR_POSTAL_CODE 2399-2413

15 Output field to store the input postal code. For example, 01821, 01879, M8X 2X3.

PR_POSTAL_CODE_MASK 2414-2428

15 Output field to store the shape of the input postal code (pr_postal _code). Values are: N = Numeric A = Alpha -, / = Special

PR_POSTAL_CODE_TYPE 2429 1 Output field to store the type of input postal code. Not currently used; filled with a “U.”

PR_POSTAL_CODE_DIR 2430-2444

15 Output field to store the postal code found on the USTABCIT city table by the Parser for the city/state unidentified by the Parser. [e.g., 018213928 (ZIP 9).]

PR_POSTAL_CODE_MASK_DIR

2445-2459

15 Output field to store the shape of the identified postal code (pr_postal_code_dir). N = Numeric A = Alpha -, / = Special

Table 3.2 Customer Data Parser (PREPOS Layout) (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-22 Customer Data Parser API Output

PR_POSTAL_CODE_TYPE_DIR

2460 1 One-character codes assigned by the USPS and found on the USTABCIT city table. The values are: 4 = Box Code 5 = Special Military 8 = Non Unique 9 = UniqueOutput field used by the Parser to store the type of postal code identified by the Parser (pr_postal_code_dir).

PR_ST_PROV_NUMBER 2461-2462

2 Two-character numeric identifier assigned to the states by the USPS (also known as a FIPS code). For example, 01-99 *US ONLY

PR_WORLD_ORIGIN 2463 1 Numeric identifier used by Parser to country origin for data being parsed. The indicators of origin are: 1 = United States (USA) 2 = Canada (CA) 3 = United Kingdom (UK) 4 = Other not assigned a code 5 = Brazil (BZ) 6 = Australia (AU) 7 = Germany (DE)

PR_POST_OFFICE_CODE 2464-2469

6 Numeric identifier assigned by the USPS to identify postal delivery areas (also known as Postal Finance Code). For example, 24071 (NNNNN) US ONLY.

GEOCODE SECTION for user-defined geographic codes, such as tract or longitude/latitude

PR_GEOCD_A 2470-2479

10 Geographic Code A. Fields reserved for additional Geographic codes.

PR_GEOCD_B 2480-2489

10 Geographic Code B. Fields reserved for additional Geographic codes.

Table 3.2 Customer Data Parser (PREPOS Layout) (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Customer Data Parser API Output 3-23

PR_GEOCD_C 2490-2499

10 Geographic Code C. Fields reserved for additional Geographic codes.

PR_GEOCD_D 2500-2509

10 Geographic Code D. Fields reserved for additional Geographic codes.

PR_GEOCD_E 2510-2519

10 Geographic Code E. Fields reserved for additional Geographic codes.

PR_GEOCD_F 2520-2529

10 Geographic Code F. Fields reserved for additional Geographic codes.

PR_GEOCD_G 2530-2539

10 Geographic Code G. Fields reserved for additional Geographic codes.

PR_GEOCD_H 2540-2549

10 Geographic Code H. Fields reserved for additional Geographic codes.

PR_GEOCD_I 2550-2559

10 Geographic Code I. Fields reserved for additional Geographic codes.

PR_GEOCD_J 2560-2569

10 Geographic Code J. Fields reserved for additional Geographic codes.

INPUT GEOGRAPHIC MATCH SECTION (for US Postal Geocoder only. See country-specific geocoder documentation for other country formats)

PR_GIN_STR_NAME 2570-2591

22 Input street name. Original Street Name, for example, Main or Elm.

PR_GIN_POSTAL_CODE 2592-2600

9 Input postal code. Original postal code, for example, 01821.

PR_GIN_STR_PRE_DIRECTION

2601-2602

2 Input pre-direction. Street directional preceding the street name.Commonly letter designations such as “N” or “SW”.

PR_GIN_STR_POST_DIRECTION

2603-2604

2 Input post direction. Street directional following the street name. Commonly letter designations such as “N” or “SW”.

Table 3.2 Customer Data Parser (PREPOS Layout) (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-24 Customer Data Parser API Output

PR_GIN_STR_SUFFIX 2605-2608

4 Input Street suffix; street type like AVE or RD. Appropriate abbreviations are used.

PR_GIN_HOUSE_NUMBER 2609-2618

10 Input house number. Original House Number such as 5, 10, 20.

PR_GIN_SECONDARY_NUMBER

2619-2624

6 Input second number. Original Secondary Number for Apt. or Suite for example, 5, 10, 20.

PR_GIN_SECONDARY_TYPE 2625-2628

4 Input second type; original Secondary Type ex. Apt, Ste, Unit

PR_GIN_BLDG_FIRM_NAME 2629-2654

26 Input building firm. Original name presented on line 1.

PR_GIN_POSTAL_NUMBER 2655-2660

6 Post office number. For example, 240714 (NNNNNN).

PR_GIN_POSTAL_CITY_NUMBER

2661-2666

6 Postal city number. For example, V21489 (ANNNNN).

PR_GIN_POSTAL_CITY_NAME 2667-2696

30 Valid city name for mailing purposes; appears in the last line of an address. For example:

Postal city name=BOSTON (preferred city name)Pr_city_name=BEACON HILL (vanity city name)Postal city name =NEW YORK CITY (preferred city name)Pr_city_name=TUDOR CITY (vanity city name)Postal city name=PORT AUTHORITY (preferred city name)Pr_city_name=NEW YORK CITY (vanity city name)

PR_GIN_STPRVCTY_NAME 2697-2698

2 State, province, county

Table 3.2 Customer Data Parser (PREPOS Layout) (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Customer Data Parser API Output 3-25

PR_GIN_RECORD_TYPE 2699 1 Input record type. Code used by Geocoder as part of an address lookup:1 = Street2 = RR/HC3 = PO Box4 = Error5 = Bad Street Pattern

OUTPUT GEOGRAPHIC MATCH SECTION (for US Postal Geocoder only – see country specific geocoder documentation for other country formats)

PR_GOUT_POSTAL_CODE 2700-2708

9 Output postal code. Original postal code or postal code from the directory when a match was possible.Value of this field depends on the match success of the street components as indicated by the fail level.

PR_GOUT_DELIVERY_POINT 2709-2710

2 Output delivery point A; 2–byte numeric code created per USPS rules derived from street_info and secondary number.

PR_GOUT_DELIVERY_POINT_CD

2711 1 Output delivery point code. Determined by taking the two rightmost house numbers, adding them together along with the zip+9, and then subtracting that from the nearest multiple of 10For example, if you had a house number of 20, and a ZIP of 123456789, you would add 2+0+1+2+3+4+ 5+6+7+8+9 and get 47. Then subtract that from the next nearest multiple of 10 which is 50. Therefore, deliver_point_cd would be 3.

Table 3.2 Customer Data Parser (PREPOS Layout) (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-26 Customer Data Parser API Output

PR_GOUT_CARRIER_ROUTE 2712-2715

4 A 4-byte code assigned to a mail delivery or collection route within a 5-digit ZIP code. The first character of this identification is alphabetical; the last three are numeric:Bnnn = PO BoxHnnn = Highway ContractRnnn = Rural routeCnnn = City deliveryGnnn = General delivery\

PR_GOUT_DELIVER_ADDR 2716-2765

50 A delivery address line rebuilt from either USPS ZIP+4 Standardized data if matched or parsed data if not matched. For example, 5 Main St.

PR_GOUT_HOUSE_NUMBER 2766-2775

10 Output house number. For example, 5, 10, or 20.

PR_GOUT_STR_PRE_DIRECTION

2776-2777

2 Street prefix direction. Street directional that precedes the street name. Commonly letter designations such as “N” or ”SW”.

PR_GOUT_STR_NAME 2778-2799

22 Street name. Original street name or street name from the postal directory when a match was possible.

PR_GOUT_STR_POST_DIRECTION

2800-2801

2 Street post direction, that follows the street name. Commonly letter designations such as “N” or ”SW”.

PR_GOUT_STR_SUFFIX 2802-2805

4 Street suffix Street types such as AVE or RD. Appropriate abbreviations are used.

PR_GOUT_SECONDARY_TYPE 2806-2809

4 Output of the postal geocoder identifying the type of apartment. A street component type that follows a street name Secondary type examples are SUITE, APT, etc.

Table 3.2 Customer Data Parser (PREPOS Layout) (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Customer Data Parser API Output 3-27

PR_GOUT_SECONDARY_NUMBER

2810-2815

6 Output of the postal geocoder identifying the apartment number.

PR_GOUT_FAIL_LEVEL 2816 1 A numeric code (0 – 5) to identify the level at which the address matched or failed to match the postal directories.

Valid match fail levels are:0 = Exact match to the directory, zipcode + 4 returned.1 = City failure, city name not found on the postal directory2 = Street Name failure, street name not found on the postal directory.3 = Primary Range failure, typically the house number cannot be found on the postal directory.4 = Street Components failure, secondary street components (like apartment information) not found on the postal directory.5 = Ambiguous Failure: when there is not one clear match (usually when more information is required or missing information prohibits matching).

NAME SECTION - The following 27 name fields are repeated NINE times for a total of 10 names; each section is described by one field (pr_name_sect_0x) redefining the entire 571 byte area

PR_NAME_NUMBER_01 2817-2818

2 Number that represents the occurrence of this name within the record. If generating records, this will contain 01 for first name encountered, 02 for second name encountered, and so on Values are 01-10.

PR_NMFORM_01 2819 1 A 1-byte field in each of 10 name segments in the PREPOS that indicates whether the name is in a personal or business form.

Valid values are: 1 = Personal 2 = Business 3 = Errors (e.g. unknown name pattern) Blank = No name present or identified.

The pr_nmform field is populated with a 1, 2 or 3. If the address has no name line recognized, (like in the case where it is set to ignore), then the system will not populate pr_nmform because it doesn’t know if this line is a name line. An ignore line becomes a miscellaneous line type. This should be the only occasion when the name form field is not populated - when no name line has been recognized.

Table 3.2 Customer Data Parser (PREPOS Layout) (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-28 Customer Data Parser API Output

PR_PREFIX_01 2820-2834

15 Personal name prefix, using recoded word. For example, titles such as Mr. or Dr.

PR_PREFIX_DISPLAY_01 2835-2849

15 Original personal name prefix display, no recodes applied. For example, titles such as Mr. or Dr. No recodes applied.

PR_FIRST_01 2850-2864

15 Personal name, First name 1, using recoded word, for example, John, Joseph.

PR_FIRST_DISPLAY_01 2865-2879

15 Original Personal name, first name display, no recodes applied; for example, John, Joe.

PR_MIDDLE1_01 2880-2894

15 Personal name, middle name 1, using recoded word. Middle names like Richard, Stephen.

PR_MIDDLE1_DISPLAY_01 2895-2909

15 Original Personal name, middle name display, no recodes applied; for example Richard or Stephen.

PR_MIDDLE2_01 2910-2924

15 Personal name, middle name 2, using recoded word; for example Richard or Stephen.

PR_MIDDLE2_DISPLAY_01 2925-2939

15 Original Personal name, middle name display, no recodes applied; for example, Richard or Stephen.

PR_MIDDLE3_01 2940-2954

15 Personal name, middle name 3, using recoded word; (e.g. Richard or Stephen.)

PR_MIDDLE3_DISPLAY_01 2955-2969

15 Original Personal name, middle name display, no recodes applied; for example Richard, Stephen.

Table 3.2 Customer Data Parser (PREPOS Layout) (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Customer Data Parser API Output 3-29

PR_LAST_01 2970-2999

30 Personal name, last name, using recoded word. For example, last (Surnames) names such as Smith or Jones.

PR_LAST_DISPLAY_01 3000-3029

30 Original Personal name, last name display. No recodes applied. For example, last (Surnames) names such as Smith or Jones.

PR_SUFFIX_01 3030-3044

15 Personal name, suffix, using recoded word. Titles that appear after a personal name like DMD, ORTH.

PR_SUFFIX_DISPLAY_01 3045-3059

15 Original Personal name, suffix display, no recodes applied. Titles that appear after a personal name like DMD, ORTH (no recodes applied).

PR_GENER_01 3060-3069

10 Personal name, generation, using recoded word. For example, Jr. or Sr.

PR_GENER_DISPLAY_01 3070-3079

10 Original Personal name, generation display. No recodes applied. For example, Jr. or Sr.

PR_GENDER_01 3080 1 Personal name, gender, using recoded word. Values are:F = Female; M = Male; N = Neuter; U = Unknown

PR_BUSNAME_01 3081-3180

100 Business name, using recoded word for example, IBM.

PR_BUSNAME_DISPLAY_01 3181-3280

100 Original Business name display, no recodes applied for example, International Business Machines.

PR_CONNECTOR_01 3281-3295

15 Connector, last name, using recoded word

PR_CONNECTOR_DISPLAY_01

3296-3310

15 Original Connector display, no recodes applied for example, AND.

Table 3.2 Customer Data Parser (PREPOS Layout) (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-30 Customer Data Parser API Output

PR_RELATION_01 3311-3335

25 Standardized relationship identified by the Parser (such as, Trustee for, Executor for, In Trust for).

PR_RELATION_DISPLAY_01 3336-3360

25 Input relationship identified by Parser (such as. Trustee for, Executor for, In Trust for). such as. Trustee for, Executor for, In Trust for.

PR_ORIG_LINE_NUMBER_01 3361-3362

2 Original line number 01-10

PR_NAME_CAtEGORY_01 3363-3387

25 Concatenated codes from category (this name) Repeat previous 27 name fields nine times for a total of ten names. Subsequent names are indicated by using the suffix: - _02, _03, _04…., _09, _10.

NORMALIZED SECTION (Original order of elements)

PR_LINE 8527-9526

1000 Address lines 1-10, standardized in original sequence, each 100 bytes in length. (e.g. Mr. and Mrs. John Smith.)

PR_PATTERN 9527-9826

300 A 300-character field in the PREPOS used to store 10 three-character token identifiers for each name/address line used for debugging and tuning. For example, 054060054051053.

Table 3.2 Customer Data Parser (PREPOS Layout) (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Customer Data Parser API Output 3-31

PR_LINE_TYPE 9827-9836

10 Line types of original input address lines.

A = Apartment; B = Box; E = E–mail; F = Firm; G = Geography; H = Hold; M = Miscellaneous; N = Name; R = Rural Route; S = Street; Y = Miscellaneous w/Care-of; Z = Miscellaneous Street? = Unidentified; Blank = No Input Information

Table 3.2 Customer Data Parser (PREPOS Layout) (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-32 Customer Data Parser API Error Codes

Customer Data Parser API Error CodesThe following return codes are the codes returned in the pr_return field, in the Customer Data Parser Repository Output Record Format. Several errors (2, 3, 4, 5, 8, D) are caused by inaccuracies in the path of the file.

Table 3.3 Customer Data Parser Error Codes

Value Description

0 No error

1 Insufficient Storage

2 Table Error – Pattern, Word and/or City tables not found.

3 Log File Error

4 Detail File Error

5 Pattern-Word-City Tab Error – Pattern, Word and/or City tables not readable.

6 Too Many Tokens

7 Line Definition Error

8 Display File Error

9 Invalid Parser Handle

A Invalid Parm File Entry

B Invalid Interface Call Type. Must be either: O=Open, P=Process, C=Close

C Invalid Service Call Type. Must be either: D=Send to Display FileE=Supply Error Text

D Statistics File Error

E (CICS) WriteQ TS BPR2 Error

F Parser not successfully initialized. Parameter file may not be correctly defined. Check path and file name.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Business Data Parser API Output 3-33

Business Data Parser API OutputThe BPREPOS contains all possible output values from the BD Parser:

G Top level domain file error

H CICS version error

I Debug file error

Table 3.4 Business Data Parser PREPOS Output Record Format

Field Position Length Description

ba_return 1 1 Business Data Parser return codes. For a complete list, see page 3-35.

ba_confidence 2 2 Not currently used.

ba_comprehension 4 2 Not currently used.

ba_orig_linepat 6 1 Original line pattern of input line

ba_line_rules 7 20 Line type identification rule

ba_global_review_codes

27 30 See the section “Business Data Parser Review Codes” in the Batch User’s Guide.

ba_misc_review_codes

57 30 See the section “Business Data Parser Review Codes” in the Batch User’s Guide.

ba_category 87 50 Field used to store category codes assigned to word definitions in the Word/Pattern tables.

Table 3.3 Customer Data Parser Error Codes (Continued)

Value Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-34 Business Data Parser API Output

ba_rev_group 137 3 0 = No Targeted Conditions Found1 = Unidentified Pattern2 = Miscellaneous Line Too Long3 = Label Line too Long4 = Too Many Categories found 5 = Unknown Token6 = No Data Found

ba_filler_01 140 100 Reserved for future use.

ba_user1 240 100 User-defined business data field, using recoded word(s) (REPEAT 50 TIMES)

ba_user1_display 340 100 User-defined business data field, no recodes apply (REPEAT 50 TIMES)

ba_data_present_user1

10240 1 Set Y/N flag to indicate the presence of data in the ba_user1 field (REPEAT 50 TIMES)

ba_misc_addr 10290 1000 Field used to store any data not identified by pattern processing

ba_filler_02 11290 310 Reserved for future use.

ba_line 11600 1000 Label line standardized in original sequence.

ba_pattern 12600 300 Field used to store 100 three-character token identifiers used for debugging and tuning

ba_line_type 12900 1 Output line type of M or as defined by pattern processing

ba_filler_03 12901 100 Reserved for future use.

Table 3.4 Business Data Parser PREPOS Output Record Format (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Business Data Parser API Error Codes 3-35

Business Data Parser API Error CodesThe following return codes are the codes returned in the ba_return field, in the Business Data Parser Repository Output Record Format.

Most file errors (2, 3, 4, 5, 8, D) are caused by inaccuracies in specifying the path of the file.

Table 3.5 Business Data Parser Error Codes

Value Description

0 No error.

1 Insufficient Storage

2 Table Error – Pattern, Word and/or City tables not found.

3 Log File Error

4 Detail File Error

5 Pattern-Word-City Tab Error – Pattern, Word and/or City tables not readable.

6 Too Many Tokens

7 Line Definition Error

8 Display File Error

9 Invalid Parser Handle

A Invalid Parm File Entry

B Invalid Interface Call Type. Must be either: O=Open, P=Process, or C=Close

C Invalid Service Call Type. Must be eitherD=Send to Display FileE=Supply Error Text

D Statistics File Error

E WRITE TQ TS BPR2 Error (CICS only)

F (CICS) Business Data Parser Not Initialized

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-36 Global Data Router API Error Codes

Global Data Router API Error CodesThis table describes the return code values that can be returned by the Global Data Router in the event of an error.

Table 3.6 Global Data Router Error Codes

Value Description

1 Parameter value must be Y or N

2 Missing a required parameter

3 Error opening DDL

4 Field in parameter file does not exist in DDL

5 Input DDL not specified

6 Could not allocate memory to build working storage

7 Could not load a city table during initialization

8 Parameter file not found

9 Country parameter required before city table or word/pattern parameter

10 Invalid parameter in parameter file

11 Country name exceeded 49 characters

12 Country in country list, but not in rules file

15 Error opening word/pattern file

16 Error opening error file

17 Error opening log file

18 Error mapping city table file

19 Cannot find the Global Geography Table

20 Specified country in Rules or Parameter file is not located in Global Geography Table

21 Maximum number of countries exceeded (maximum is 200) – may happen if the Global Geography Table is corrupted.

22 Duplicate parameter or rule entry

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Data Reconstructor Output 3-37

Data Reconstructor OutputThe following error codes and messages for the Data Reconstructor are for both the main program as well as the rules file compilation.

Data Reconstructor API Error CodesThis table lists all of the possible return code values and descriptions.

Table 3.7 Data Reconstructor Error Codes

Value Description

0 Program successfully completed; no errors found.

1 Invalid handle used in an API call.

2 Attempting to open an already open channel.

3 Errors found in the parameter file.

4 Unable to open input dictionary. Confirm that the file-name is correct and includes the full absolute or relative path name.

5 Unable to open the output dictionary. Confirm that the file-name is correct.

6 Unable to open the rule file specified in the RULE_FNAME parm.

7 The rule file specified in RULE_FNAME does not contain a rule with the name specified in USE_RULE.

8 Compile errors in the rule file. See Table 3.8, “Data Reconstructor Compiler Error Messages” for descriptions of compiler error messages.

9 Error closing the input dictionary.

A Error closing the output dictionary.

B The function used (copy_all) to copy all corresponding fields from input record to the output record failed.

C Copy field failed.

D Unable to create the output default values.

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-38 Data Reconstructor API Compiler Error Messages

Data Reconstructor API Compiler Error MessagesWhen the rules in the file named by the RULE_FNAME parameter are compiled they are checked for errors. Any problems are reported to the stderr file.

If all of the scripts in the rule file do not compile cleanly, the system returns an error return code of “8” to indicate a problem with the rule file. Notice that each compiler error message begins with e rule file name and contains the line number in the rule file where the error occurred. Most compiler errors also include a token to indicate where in the line the error was detected.

E “Recons Open Failed - rc=E” Fatal error [10069] encountered during initialization of Trillium UCA. Unable to initialize. This error indicates that for parameter TO_UPPER_FNAME, the file does not exist.

F “Recons Open Failed - rc=F” Fatal error [10070] encountered during initialization of Trillium UCA. Unable to initialize. This error indicates that for parameter TO_LOWER_FNAME, the file does not exist.

G “Recons Open Failed - rc=G” Fatal error [10071] encountered during initialization of Trillium UCA. Unable to initialize. This error indicates that for parameter UPLOW_FNAME, the file does not exist.

K “Recons Open Failed - rc=K” Fatal error [10075] encountered during initialization of Trillium UCA. Unable to initialize. This error indicates that for parameter IS_ALPHA_FNAME, the file does not exist.

Y Internal error–Unable to allocate memory. Program could not allocate buffer space necessary to run.

Z Internal error–Memory structure corrupted. This message indicates an internal error in CFRECONS. Please contact Trillium Software Customer Support for assistance.

Table 3.7 Data Reconstructor Error Codes (Continued)

Value Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Data Reconstructor API Compiler Error Messages 3-39

This table describes the error messages:

Table 3.8 Data Reconstructor Compiler Error Messages

Error Messages and Descriptions

line nn: ‘field-name’ not found in input dictionary at ‘token’line nn: ‘field-name’ not found in output dictionary at ‘token’

The identified field-name was not found in either the input or output data dictionary (DDL) file. Dictionary field names are case sensitive and must be spelled correctly. The first field-name referenced in an action-statement or if-condition is assumed to be in the input dictionary. The second field-name is assumed to be in the output dictionary. This assumption can be changed by prefixing the field-name with IN. or OUT. In the following example, if new_addr1 and new_addr2 fields occurs only in the output dictionary this error will be reported for both the if and move statements.

if(new_addr1 EQ BLANKS) thenmove new_addr2, new_addr1;

endif

These errors can be corrected by using the OUT. prefix; as in:

if(OUT.new_addr1 EQ BLANKS) thenmove OUT.new_addr2, new_addr1;

endif

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-40 Data Reconstructor API Compiler Error Messages

line nn: [n,n] should be [n:n] at ‘token’line nn: (n,n) should be (n:n) at ‘token’

The proper syntax used to select a portion of a field is field-name[n:n] and not field-name [n,n]. Change the comma to a colon.

line nn: (n:n) not valid with string literals at ‘token’line nn: [n:n] not valid with string literals at ‘token’

You can not use [n:n] to select a portion of a literal field. Instead modify the actual literal value. For example, use:

move "Jon", first_name;

line nn: [n:n] only valid with text fields at ‘token’

You can only use [n:n] notation to select a portion of a field that is defined in the data dictionary as a text field. This feature would be ambiguous with non-text fields such as integer, packed-decimal and is not supported.

line nn: bad [n:n] values at ‘token’

[n:n] is used to select a portion or substring of a text field. The first n specifies a beginning position within the text field with 1 that indicates the first character. The second n specifies the length of the substring. Length can be specified as * to indicate all of the remainder of the field.

The position and length values can not be equal to zero or greater than the size of the field.

Table 3.8 Data Reconstructor Compiler Error Messages (Continued)

Error Messages and Descriptions

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Data Reconstructor API Compiler Error Messages 3-41

line nn: can not write to a literal at ‘token’

Literal values can be used as the source field in an action-statement but not as the destination field. The destination field must always be a field found in the output dictionary.

line nn: can not write to an input field at ‘token’

Fields defined in the input dictionary can not used as the destination field in an action-statement. The destination must always be a field found in the output dictionary.

When the same field-name occurs in both input and output data dictionaries, the input dictionary is used when the field-name is referenced as a source field and the output dictionary is used when the field is referenced as a destination field. It is possible to use output fields as source by preceding the field-name with OUT, as shown in the following example:

Move OUT.state, state-key;append_pack "-" , state-key;append_pack seqno , state-key;

line nn: empty rule at ‘token’

A rule must contain at least one statement.

line nn: internal error, bad pointer value in function-name at ‘token’

This error indicates an internal problem in the CFRECONS program or real-time library. In the unlikely event you receive this error, please contact Trillium Software Customer Support for assistance.

Table 3.8 Data Reconstructor Compiler Error Messages (Continued)

Error Messages and Descriptions

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-42 Data Reconstructor API Compiler Error Messages

line nn: literal storage exhausted at ‘token’

There is a limit to the total size of all the literal values you use in your scripts; currently about 100Kbytes.

This error message means that your rule file has too many literal values. If possible, try to reduce the size of your rule file; possibly by placing each rule in its own file. If this does not eliminate the problem, contact Trillium Technical Support for assistance.

line nn: missing "endrule" at ‘token’

Every rule must start with a rule keyword and end with an endrule keyword. If the endrule keyword is missing, this error message will be reported.

line nn: missing arguments at ‘token’

Every action statement takes zero, one or two arguments. This error means you’ve attempted to use too many arguments in a given statement. For example, upper_case takes one argument and append takes two arguments. Each of the following statements will cause this error:

upper_case;append country;

line nn: missing rule name at ‘token’

Every rule must have a name that immediately follows the rule keyword that introduces the rule.

line nn: missing semi-colon at ‘token’

Every action statement must end in a semi-colon.

line nn: table overflow, too many expressions at ‘token’

There is a limit to the size of a script that CFRECONS can compile; currently about 20,000 statements.

This error message means that your rule file has too many expressions. If possible, try to reduce the size of your rule file; possibly by placing each rule in its own file. If this does not eliminate the problem, contact Trillium Technical Support for assistance.

line nn: too many arguments at ‘token’

Every action statement takes zero, one or two arguments. This error means you’ve attempted to use more arguments than the statement can use. For example, upper_case takes one argument. The following statement will cause this error: upper_case state, zip;

Table 3.8 Data Reconstructor Compiler Error Messages (Continued)

Error Messages and Descriptions

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Data Reconstructor API Compiler Error Messages 3-43

line nn: bad quoted string at ‘token’

A literal value was not properly delimited by either double quotes (") or single quotes ('). Quoted strings can not extend over multiple lines. If necessary, you can break a long string into two strings and use a plus sign to concatenate the two strings. For example:

move "----------------------------------------" + "----------------------------------------", dashed_line;

line nn: illegal character (hex=0xFF) at ‘token’

An invalid character was encountered in the rule file. The hex value of the offending character will be displayed in the error message. For example, field names can contain an underscore character (_) but not a dash character (-). Using a dash in a rule name will generate this error, as in the following example:

rule first-rule //statementsendrule

line nn: syntax error: cannot back up

This error indicates an internal problem with the CFRECONS compiler. In the unlikely event you receive this error, please contact Trillium Technical Support for assistance.

line nn: parser stack overflow

This error indicates an internal problem with the CFRECONS compiler. In the unlikely event you receive this error, please contact Technical Support for assistance.

line nn: parse error; also virtual memory exceeded

This error indicates an internal problem with the CFRECONS compiler. In the unlikely event you receive this error, please contact Trillium Software Customer Support for assistance.

line nn: parse error

Something unrecognized in a script file that does not cause one of the other compiler errors will generate a parse error.

Table 3.8 Data Reconstructor Compiler Error Messages (Continued)

Error Messages and Descriptions

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-44 Window Key Generator API Error Codes

Window Key Generator API Error CodesThis table lists error codes returned by the Window Key Generator module.

Table 3.9 Window Key Generator Error Codes

Value Description

1 Unable to allocate space for the control area.

2 Missing INP_DDL parameter.

3 Missing RULES_DDNAME parameter.

4 Invalid call type. Valid values are: O=Open, P=Process, or C=Close.

101 Missing parameter file name.

102 Unable to open parameter file or the change table.

103 Error in the echo file name.

104 Invalid parameter name found in the file.

105 Unknown command line parameter.

106 Duplicate parameter name found in the file.

107 Bad format for parameter or override parameter.

108 Bad format for parameter in source program.

109 Parameter value was expected to be numeric.

110 Missing override value.

111 No ending quote.

112 Insufficient memory for parameter value parm_entry.

113 Insufficient memory for string parameter value.

114 Insufficient memory for long parameter value.

115 Insufficient memory for double parameter value.

116 Extraneous parenthesis found.

117 Error reading the parameter file.

200 Error opening the DDL.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Window Key Generator API Error Codes 3-45

300 Error setting up the window key structure.

400 Error generating the window key.

Table 3.9 Window Key Generator Error Codes (Continued)

Value Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-46 US Postal Geocoder API Output

US Postal Geocoder API OutputThe following table shows the input/out data layout for the US Postal Geocoder. This entire table also serves as the input data to the US Centroid Census Geocoder and the Interpolated House Number Census Geocoder.

US Postal Geocoder Input/Output Data

Table 3.10 US Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data

Field Position Length Description

Input Geographic Match Section (inarea — First 130 bytes)

Pr_gin_str_name 1 - 22 22 Input street name

Pr_gin_postal_code 23 - 31 9 Input postal code

Pr_gin_str_pre_direction 32 - 33 2 Input pre direction

Pr_gin_str_post_direction

34 - 35 2 Input post direction

Pr_gin_str_suffix 36 - 39 4 Input street suffix

Pr_gin_house_number 40 - 49 10 Input house number

Pr_gin_secondary_number

50 - 55 6 Input secondary number

Pr_gin_secondary_type 56 - 59 4 Input secondary type

Pr_gin_bldg_firm_name 60 - 85 26 Input building firm

Pr_gin_postal_number 86 - 91 6 Post office number

Pr_gin_postal_city_number

92 - 97 6 Postal city number

Pr_gin_postal_city_name 98 - 127 30 Postal city name

Pr_gin_stprvcty_name 128 - 129

2 State, province, county

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

US Postal Geocoder Input/Output Data 3-47

Pr_gin_record_type 130 1 Input record type: 1=street2=rr/hc3=pobox4=error5=Bad Street Pattern.

Output Geographic Match Section (outarea — 117 bytes)

Pr_gout_postal_code 1 - 9 9 Output postal code

Pr_gout_delivery_point 10 - 11 2 Output delivery point

Pr_gout_delivery_point_cd

12 1 Output delivery point code

Pr_gout_carrier_route 13 - 16 4 Output carrier route

Pr_gout_deliver_addr 17 - 66 50 Output delivery address line rebuilt from the best available matched or parsed address components.

Pr_gout_house_number 67 - 76 10 Output house number

Pr_gout_str_pre_direction

77 - 78 2 Output pre direction

Pr_gout_str_name 79 - 100 22 Output street name

Pr_gout_str_post_direction

101 - 102

2 Output post direction

Pr_gout_str_suffix 103 - 106

4 Output street suffix

Pr_gout_secondary_type 107 - 110

4 Output of the postal geocoder identifying the type of apartment.

Pr_gout_secondary_number

111 - 116

6 Output of the postal geocoder identifying the apartment number.

Table 3.10 US Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-48 Return Info Data Area

Return Info Data Area

Guidelines for v7.15.2 and AboveNote that certain fields are no longer returned as of v7.15.2 when running the US Postal Geocoder in callable mode (API), due to license agreement with the USPS.

DPVOnly the dpv_confirm and dpv_cmra fields are returned; the following fields are no longer returned:

• dpv_footnote1• dpv_footnote2• dpv_footnote3

Pr_gout_fail_level 117 1 A numeric code identifying the level at which the address matched or failed to match the directories.

0=No failure: a match.1=City/state: where city/state code was not available.2=Street name: failure of street name spelling.3=Primary range: failure of house number.4=Address components: failure of other address elements (such as: business name, street type, direction, apartment #) when matched via a street.5=Ambiguous failure: when there is not one clear match (usually when more information is required or missing information prohibits matching.)

Table 3.10 US Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

LACSLink 3-49

• dpv_nostat• dpv_pbsa• dpv_vacant• dpv_violation

LACSLink Only the converted address is returned; the following fields are no longer returned:

• lacs_code• lacs_flag

SUITELink Only the suite number is appended to the address; the following fields are no longer returned:

• suite_code• suite_flag

Table 3.11 Return Info Data Area

Field Position Length Description

ret_code 1 1 Return code, returned by the US Geocoder. For a list of these error codes, see “US Postal Geocoder Error Codes” on page 3-65.

full_postal_code 2-10 9 Postal code. Original postal code or code from the directory when a match was possible. Value of this field depends on the match success of the street components as indicated by the fail level.

street_name 11-32 22 Street name. Original street name or street name from the postal directory when a match was possible.

street_pre_direction

33-34 2 Prefix street direction that precedes the street name. Commonly letter designations like ‘N’, ‘SW’, and so on.

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-50 SUITELink

street_post_direction

35-36 2 Post street direction that follows the street name. Commonly letter designations like ‘N’, ‘SW’, and so on.

street_suffix 37-40 4 Street suffix, like Ave. or Rd. Appropriate abbreviations are used.

carrier_route_id 41-44 4 A 4-byte code assigned to a mail delivery or collection route within a 5-digit ZIP code. The first character of this identification is alphabetical, and the last three are numeric:Bnnn=PO boxHnnn=Highway contractRnnn=Rural routeCnnn=City deliveryGnnn=General delivery

secondary_type 45-48 4 Secondary street component type that follows the street name. Examples: SUITE, APT., and so on.

record_type 49-50 2 Street address type. Possible values are:The first character represents the record type.F = FirmG = General DeliveryH = HighriseP = PO BoxR = Rural RouteS = StreetThe second character represents the match type.Blank = Standard MatchD = Default MatchU = Unique Match

Table 3.11 Return Info Data Area (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

SUITELink 3-51

fail_level 51 1 Numerical indicator of the match accuracy.0=Exact match to the directory, zipcode+4 returned.1=City failure; not found in the postal directory.2=Street name failure - not found in the directory.3=Primary range failure - typically the house number cannot be found on the postal directory.4=Street components failure, secondary street components (like apartment information) not found on the postal directory.5=Ambiguous failure; when there is not one clear match (usually when missing information prohibits matching)

postal_city_name

52-81 30 Postal city name. A valid city name for mailing purposes; appears in the last line of an address.

urban_city_name

82-111 30 Neighborhood nameOnly exist for Puerto Rico addresses.

postal_code_changed

112 1 Y – Flag that indicates the postal code output is different from input.

city_area_name_changed

113 1 Y – Flag that indicates the city name output is different from input.

street_name_changed

114 1 Y – Flag that indicates the street name output is different from input.

street_components_changed

115 1 Y – Flag that indicates street components output is different from input.

street_name_long

116-143 28 Street name (long version)

Table 3.11 Return Info Data Area (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-52 SUITELink

lacs_status_ind 144 1 L – Flag that indicates the address has an emergency 911 address conversion. Locatable Address Conversion System - An indicator that the street address known by the post office also has another address used for emergency services.

This is done when the mail is delivered to one location but the physical location of the building associated with that mail address is located somewhere else not recognized by the post office.

bldg_ind 145 1 Flag that indicates the approximate number of units in high-rise. Possible values and number of units in high rise they represent:A = <=5B = 6 -10C = 11 - 25D = 26 - 50E = 51 - 100F = 101 - 200G = 201 - 350H = 351 - >

county_number 146 3 County number. This value is the FIPS code assigned to a county or parish within a state. In Alaska, it identifies a region within the state.

congressional_dis

149 2 Congressional district number. This is a standard value identifying a geographic area within the US served by a member of the US House of Representatives or Senate. If there is only one member of Congress within a state, the code is “AL” to indicate “At Large.”

Table 3.11 Return Info Data Area (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

SUITELink 3-53

Table 3.12 Secondary Return Data Info Area

Field Position Length Description

lacs_flag 1 1 LACSLink flagY=new address providedN=new address not providedBlank=record not presented to LACSLink

lacs_code 2 2 LACSLink return codeA = Input record matched, new address returned.00 = Input record not matched, no new address returned.09 = Input record matched but it is a highrise default. No new address returned.14 = Input record matched to multiple records; DPV could not confirm only 1; no new address returned.92 = Input record matched but it had a secondary number and the LACS record did not. New address returned.

dpv_confirm 4 1 Stores the DPV confirm value. This field generates one of the following characters:Y=Input record is a valid mailing address listed

in the DPV database.N=Input record is not in the DPV database of

valid mailing addresses.S=Secondary address (apartment or rural route

box number) is not valid, although the primary address (house number or rural route) validates.

D=Input record is a valid mailing address, but is missing the secondary address (apartment or rural route box number).

V=A violation occurred. If this field is blank, the input address was not matched to the ZIP+4 database.

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-54 SUITELink

dpv_cmra 5 1 Field name that stores the DPV CMRA value. This field generates one of the following characters:Y=Input record is the address of a Commercial

Mail Receiving Agency (CMRA), such as Mail Boxes Etc.

N=Input record is not a CMRA.V=A violation occurred. If this field is blank, the

input address was not presented to the CMRA hash table.

dpv_violation 6 1 Field name that stores the DPV violation value. This field generates one of the following characters:

Y=Input record appears to be a synthetic address and has caused a violation. As required by the Postal Service, DPV processing will terminate and DPV output fields will generate only "V" until DPV processing is re-enabled with the Unlock DPV code.

N=Input record is not a valid address.V=A violation occurred. If this field is blank,

the input address was not presented to the DPV process or is not a valid address.

dpv_footnote1 7 2 Field name used to store the DPV footnote1 value. This field generates a string of one of the following two-character standard Postal Service codes:

AA=Input address matched the ZIP+4 file.A1=Input address did not match the ZIP+4 file.

If this field is empty, then other DPV output fields (for example, "DPV CMRA", "DPV confirm", or "DPV violation") are generating V codes.

Table 3.12 Secondary Return Data Info Area (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

SUITELink 3-55

dpv_footnote2 9 2 Field name used to store the DPV footnote2 value. This field generates a string of one of the following standard Postal Service codes:

Primary means a house number or rural route, secondary means an apartment or rural route box number.)

BB=Input address matched the DPV file.CC=Input address primary matched DPV but secondary did not.N1=Input address matched a DPV highrise but secondary was not input.M1=Input address primary is missing.M3=Input address primary is invalid.P1=Input address is missing a PO box, rural route, or highway contract box number.P3=Input address PO, RR, HC Box number invalid.

If this field is empty, then other DPV output fields (for example, "DPV CMRA", "DPV confirm", or "DPV violation") are generating V codes, or were not presented to the DPV hash tables.

dpv_footnote3 11 2 Field name used to store the DPV footnote3 value. This field generates a string of one of the following standard Postal Service codes:

RR=Input address matched a CMRA.R1=Input address matched a CMRA, but

secondary number is not present.

dpv_vacant 13 1 Field used to store DPV VACANT flag:Y—Address was found in VACANT table.N—Address was not found in VACANT table.Blank—Not checked against VACANT table.

suite_flag 14 1 Field used to store SuiteLink flag:Y=SuiteLink table match.N=SuiteLink table not matched.Blank= Not checked against SuiteLink table.

Table 3.12 Secondary Return Data Info Area (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-56 SUITELink

suite_code 15 2 Field used to store SuiteLink return code:A=SuiteLink table hit (secondary unit information appended).00=SuiteLink table not hit.Blank= Not checked against SuiteLink table (not a business record with a high rise default).

dpv_nostat 17 1 Field used to store DPV NoStat flag (address is currently not receiving deliveries):Y—Address was found in NOSTAT table.N—Address was not found in NOSTAT table.Blank—Not checked against NOSTAT table

dpv_pbsa 18 1 Field used to store PBSA table flag:Y=Address found in PBSA table.N=Address not found in PBSA table.Blank= Address was not checked against the PBSA table.

filler 19 10 Reserved for future use.

aux_ret_code 29 2 Field used to store error codes from LACSLink, DPV, and SuiteLink. (See the table below for error codes.)

Table 3.13 LACSLink, DPV, and SuiteLink Error Codes

Code Definition

4 General MALLOC error

5 Hash table MALLOC error

6 Hash table LRECL error

7 Fake Table LRECL error

8 CMRA table LRECL error

9 Hash table load error

Table 3.12 Secondary Return Data Info Area (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

SUITELink 3-57

10 Fake table load error

11 CMRA table load error

12 LCD Table load error

13 Data too old

14 Invalid INI file

15 Unlock code invalid

16 Unlock code missing

17 GET_DATE failed to get date.

18 INI file read error

19 INI file write error

21 Hash table name too long

22 Hash table name invalid

23 Missing hash table

24 LACS load error

25 LACS missing file name

26 LACS error on street validation open

27 DPV violation shutdown

28 LACS violation shutdown

29 LACS error on hash open

30 LACS error on hint open

31 LACS error on leftrite open

32 LACS error on RV9 open

33 LACS error on hash read

Table 3.13 LACSLink, DPV, and SuiteLink Error Codes (Continued)

Code Definition

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-58 SUITELink

34 LACS error on hint read

35 LACS error on leftrite read

36 LACS error on RV9 read

38 DPV error Nostat table load

40 DPV error Vacant table load

96 Unknown call type error

99 System or I/O error

100 SLKN error: MALLOC word array

101 SLKN error: open header file

102 SLKN error: open LCD file

103 Open ZIP9 file

104 SLKN error: open noise file

105 SLKN error: open normal file

106 SLKN error: open lookup file

107 SLKN error: MALLOC header array

108 SLKN error: MALLOC LCD array

109 SLKN error: MALLOC ZIP9 array

110 SLKN error: MALLOC noise array

111 SLKN error: MALLOC normal array

112 SLKN error: MALLOC normal array

Table 3.13 LACSLink, DPV, and SuiteLink Error Codes (Continued)

Code Definition

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

US Match Possibilities Data Area 3-59

US Match Possibilities Data AreaThe following layout shows the fields that are included in the “details buffer”, of the US Postal Geocoder. The buffer is available only in real-time implementations.

Table 3.14 US Match Possibilities Data Area

Field Position Length Description

Postal_code 1 - 5 5 ZIP code for the corresponding details.

Adr_primary_low 6 - 15 10 A house, rural route, highway contract box, or post office box number; the numeric or alphanumeric component of an address preceding the street name; the low-end address in a range of address. Often referred to as house number.

Address Range Address Primary Low Number100-198 Main Ave. <– 100101-199 Main Ave. <– 101A200-A298 Main Ave. <– A200

Add_primary_high 16 - 25 10 A house, rural route, highway contract box, or post office box number; the numeric or alphanumeric component of an address preceding the street name; the low-end address in a range of address. Often referred to as house number.

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-60 US Match Possibilities Data Area

Addr_primary_oe 26 1 Code that identifies the side or sides of a street for which a given address range is applicable.

For street, high-rise, firm and multi-carrier records, B=Both sides of the street, E=Even side of a street (even-numbered addresses in the range), O=Odd side of a street (odd numbered addresses in the range). For general delivery, post office box, and rural route/highway contract records, this code is always “B” (Both).

100-198 Main Ave. E (Even addresses in the range)101-199 Main Ave. O (Odd addresses in the range)100-199 Main Ave. B (Even & odd addresses in the range)

Str_pre_direction 27 - 28 2 Prefix street direction that precedes the street name. Common letter designations like N, SW, and so on

Street_name 29 - 56 28 Street name. Street name from the postal directory.

Str_suffix 57 - 60 4 Street type. (e.g. Ave., Rd., etc.) Appropriate abbreviations are used.

Str_post_direction 61 - 62 2 Street post direction that follows the street name. Common letter designations like N, SW, and so on

Bldg_firm_sec_name

63 - 102 40 The name of a company, building, apartment complex, shopping center, or other distinguishing secondary address information. This field is normally used with firm and high-rise records but may also contain literals such as ‘Postmaster’ or ‘United States Postal Service.’

Table 3.14 US Match Possibilities Data Area (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

DISPLAY_BASEDATA Parameter Options 3-61

DISPLAY_BASEDATA Parameter OptionsThis table explains the behavior of the US Postal Geocoder when attempting to match the input street name and components to the postal directory. By using DISPLAY_BASEDATA with specific values, the possibility of getting a match can be improved or possible matches can be returned to the calling program for evaluation.

Syntax: DISPLAY_BASEDATA abc

a – Position 1 (N, 3, A, B, and so on)b – Position 2 (P)c - Postion 3

Addr_sec_add 103 - 106 4 A descriptive code used to identify the type of address secondary range information in the Address Secondary Range field. This code may be useful in address matching, (such as, the secondary address numbers may indicate apartment, suite, or trailer numbers, and so on)

Addr_sec_low 107 - 114 8 Code that describes an apartment, room, suite, space, floor or other secondary addressing numeric or alphanumeric that follows a street address. The low-end secondary address component in a range of secondary addresses.

Addr_sec_high 115 - 122 8 Code that describes an apartment, room, suite, space, floor or other secondary addressing numeric or alphanumeric that follows a street address. The high-end secondary address component in a range of secondary addresses.

Addr_sec_oe 123 1 Code that identifies a secondary address within a range of secondary addresses as being o(dd), e(ven), or b(oth).

Table 3.14 US Match Possibilities Data Area (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-62 DISPLAY_BASEDATA Parameter Options

Table 3.15 US Geocoder DISPLAY_BASEDATA Values (Position 1)

Column 1Value Description

N No display.

Apply the spelling algorithm as necessary on streets beginning with the same first character, with the exception of numeric types of streets. No population of the street name or details buffer is performed.

This is the default.

4 No display and no spelling algorithm applied – the street must be an exact match. No population of the street name or details buffer is performed.

5 No display.

Apply the spelling algorithm to every street on the directory. No population of the street name or details buffer is performed.

Y Display the basedata (house number and components) to standard output.Apply the spelling algorithm as necessary on streets beginning, with the same first character with the exception of numeric types of streets and return this information.

6 Display the basedata (house number and components) to standard output – the street must be an exact match, and return this information. No spelling algorithm applied

7 Display the basedata (house number and components) to standard output. Apply the spelling algorithm to every street on the directory and return this information.

3 Return to the Street_Name_Buffer and Details_Buffer the Level 2 (street name) and Basedata (house number and components), applying the spelling algorithm as necessary on streets beginning with the same first character, with the exception of numeric types of streets.

A Return to the Street_Name_Buffer and Details_Buffer the Level 2 (street name) and Basedata (house number and components) without applying a spelling algorithm. The street must be an exact match.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

DISPLAY_BASEDATA Parameter Options 3-63

B Return to the Street_Name_Buffer and Details_Buffer the Level 2 (street name) and Basedata (house number and components), applying the spelling algorithm to every street on the directory.

2 Display to standard output only the street names from the directory, applying the spelling algorithm as necessary on streets beginning with the same first character, with the exception of numeric types of streets.

8 Display to standard output only the street names from the directory without applying a spelling algorithm. The street must be an exact match.

9 Display to standard output only the street names from the directory, applying the spelling algorithm to every street on the directory.

M This parameter value ‘M’ can only be followed by two 4-character numerics:

The first 4-characters indicate the number of megabytes of the Level 2 table to be held in memory.The second of the 4-character numbers indicates the number of megabytes of the basedata to be held in memory

Table 3.16 US Geocoder Display_BaseData Values (Position 2)

Column 2 Value Description

P Using this value allows streets that have a value of "O" (Other) on the USPS alias street file, to be returned in the output area.

This option has matching implications, allowing for different street names representing the same location. If the street name is a window_key field and/or matching field, we suggest using ZIP+4 (which will be the same) as a strong address indicator.

See the note below, involving this special function.

Table 3.15 US Geocoder DISPLAY_BASEDATA Values (Position 1)

Column 1Value Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-64 DISPLAY_BASEDATA Parameter Options

Table 3.17 US Geocoder Display_BaseData Values (Position 3)

Column3 Value Description

Y For dual address processing, uses the pr_gin_bldg_firm_name field to store the second address. If no second address is present, sets the pr_gin_bldg_firm_name field to blank.

U Invokes functionality of SHOW_UNIQUE_ZIPS parameter.

A Combines Y and U values being invoked.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

DISPLAY_BASEDATA (“P” Option Functionality) 3-65

DISPLAY_BASEDATA (“P” Option Functionality)

Many of the street names that are contained on the USPS alias file are valid as is, and it is not required to change them to the preferred. Those streets are indicated with a value of "O" in the USPS alias_type_code on the master file.

Some examples of this ‘P’ option in action are:

US Postal Geocoder Error Codes

The following error codes are all returned by the US Postal Geocoder:

Input data contains:

Output, with ‘P’ enabled:

Output, ‘P’ NOT enabled:

Explanation:

ROUTE 137 ROUTE 137 LONG POND RD In this case, a street is known by two names, but both are valid.

12 LAGRANGE ST 12 LAGRANGE ST 12 LA GRANGE ST Here, a street seems to be misspelled, but both are actually valid.

MONTVALE ST MONTVALE ST MONTVALE AVE Here, there is a street name for which more than one type is valid.

Table 3.18 US Postal Geocoder Error Codes

Value Description

0 Program has executed successfully. The user must check the fail level because a complete match to the directory was not obtained.

1 Matched Directory – there is a match but the user must check the fail level code for more information.

2 Invalid Call Type – “ACTION” parameter must be O, P, or C.

3 Insufficient Storage Available – not enough memory to hold the postal directories.

4 Level 2 Seek Error – when performing street-level processing, the Geocoder had trouble locating the area in the file, PMBUL2, defined by the postal finance code.

5 Base Data Seek Error – when performing street-level processing, the Geocoder had trouble locating the area in the file, PMBUBD, defined by the street.

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-66 US Postal Geocoder Error Codes

6 Base Data Open Error – when performing street-level processing, the Geocoder could not open file, PMBUBD.

7 Level 1 Open Error – when performing street-level processing, the Geocoder could not open file, PMBUL1.

8 Level 2 Open Error – when performing street-level processing, the Geocoder could not open file, PMBUL2.

9 CICS System Not Initialized (CICS only) – Access to the ZMAT TS queue failed. Check stderr for more information.

A CICS Free Memory Error (CICS Only)

B CICS Queue Error (CICS Only)

C Invalid DISPLAY_BASEDATA Value (CICS Only)

D Database dates do not match.

E Bad read, level 1

I CASS violation

J Error in DPV processing. (Check the retxtra >aux_ret_code for more information.)

K Error in LACSLink processing. (Check the retxtra >aux_ret_code for more information.)

L Error in SuiteLink processing. (Check the retxtra >aux_ret_code for more information.)

M Bad open on abbreviation

N Bad read on abbreviation

Table 3.18 US Postal Geocoder Error Codes (Continued)

Value Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

US Postal Geocoder Error Codes 3-67

Table 3.19 RETXTRA > AUX_RET_CODE Return Values

Value Description2 DL * missing dpvini unlock code

4 DL * general malloc error

5 DL * hash table malloc error

6 DL * hash table lrecl error

7 DL * fake table lrecl error

8 DL * cmra table lrecl error

9 DL * hash table load

10 DL * fake table load

11 DL * cmra table load

12 DL * lcd table load

13 DL * data too old

14 DL * not valid ini file

15 DL * unlock code invalid

16 DL * unlock code missing

17 DL * get_date failed to get the date

18 DL * ini file read error

19 DL * ini file write error

21 DL * hash table name is too long

22 DL * hash table name is invalid

23 DL * one of the hash tables is missing

24 DL * LACS load error.

25 DL * LACS missing filename

26 DL * LACS error on street validation open

27 DL * Hit on a violation record in DPV.

28 DL * Hit on a violation record in LACS

29 DL * Bad open on LACS hash file

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-68 US Postal Geocoder Error Codes

30 DL * Bad open on LACS hint file

31 DL * Bad open on LACS leftrite file

32 DL * Bad open on LACS rv9 file

33 DL * Bad read on LACS hash file

34 DL * Bad read on LACS hint file

35 DL * Bad read on LACS leftrite file

36 DL * Bad read on LACS rv9 file

37 DL * Nostat table lrecl error

38 DL * Nostat table load

39 DL * Vacant table lrecl error

40 DL * Vacant table load

99 DL * Error in dpvni lockdown routine

100 S* Can’t malloc the word array

101 S* Can’t open the header file

102 S* Can’t open the LCD file

103 S* Can’t open the zip9 file

104 S* Can’t open the noise file

105 S* Can’t open the normal file

106 S* Can’t open the lookup file

107 S* Can’t malloc the header array

108 S* Can’t malloc the LCD array

109 S* Can’t malloc the zip9 array

110 S* Can’t malloc the noise array

111 S* Can’t malloc the normal array

112 S* Can’t malloc the lookup array

113 S* Missing one or more SuiteLink file names.

Table 3.19 RETXTRA > AUX_RET_CODE Return Values (Continued)

Value Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

US Centroid Census Geocoder API Output 3-69

US Centroid Census Geocoder API Output

Input Data to Centroid Census GeocoderThe following table shows the 247-byte input/output data layout of the US Postal Geocoder. This string is input for the Centroid Census Geocoder.

Table 3.20 US Centroid Census Input and Output Data

Field Position Length Description

Input Geographic Match Section (inarea — First 130 bytes)

Pr_gin_str_name 1 - 22 22 Input street name

Pr_gin_postal_code 23 - 31 9 Input postal code

Pr_gin_str_pre_direction 32 - 33 2 Input pre direction

Pr_gin_str_post_direction

34 - 35 2 Input post direction

Pr_gin_str_suffix 36 - 39 4 Input street suffix

Pr_gin_house_number 40 - 49 10 Input house number

Pr_gin_secondary_number

50 - 55 6 Input secondary number

Pr_gin_secondary_type 56 - 59 4 Input secondary type

Pr_gin_bldg_firm_name 60 - 85 26 Input building firm

Pr_gin_postal_number 86 - 91 6 Post office number

Pr_gin_postal_city_number

92 - 97 6 Postal city number

Pr_gin_postal_city_name 98 - 127 30 Postal city name

Pr_gin_stprvcty_name 128 - 129

2 State, province, county

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-70 Input Data to Centroid Census Geocoder

Pr_gin_record_type 130 1 Input record type: 1=street2=rr/hc3=pobox4=error5=Bad Street Pattern.

Output Geographic Match Section (outarea — 117 bytes)

Pr_gout_postal_code 1 - 9 9 Output postal code

Pr_gout_delivery_point 10 - 11 2 Output delivery point

Pr_gout_delivery_point_cd

12 1 Output delivery point code

Pr_gout_carrier_route 13 - 16 4 Output carrier route

Pr_gout_deliver_addr 17 - 66 50 Output delivery address line rebuilt from the best available matched or parsed address components.

Pr_gout_house_number 67 - 76 10 Output house number

Pr_gout_str_pre_direction

77 - 78 2 Output pre direction

Pr_gout_str_name 79 - 100 22 Output street name

Pr_gout_str_post_direction

101 - 102

2 Output post direction

Pr_gout_str_suffix 103 - 106

4 Output street suffix

Pr_gout_secondary_type 107 - 110

4 Output of the postal geocoder identifying the type of apartment.

Pr_gout_secondary_number

111 - 116

6 Output of the postal geocoder identifying the apartment number.

Table 3.20 US Centroid Census Input and Output Data (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Input Data to Centroid Census Geocoder 3-71

Pr_gout_fail_level 117 1 A numeric code (0 – 5) to identify the level at which the address matched or failed to match the postal directories. Valid match fail levels are:0=No failure: a match.1=City/state: city/state code not available.2=Street name: street name spelling failure.3=Primary range: house number failure.4=Address components: failure of other address elements (such as: business name, street type, direction, apartment #) when matched via a street.5=Ambiguous failure: not one clear match (when missing information prohibits matching.)

Table 3.20 US Centroid Census Input and Output Data (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-72 US Centroid Census Geocoder Output Data

US Centroid Census Geocoder Output Data This table shows the output data returned from the Centroid Census Geocoder.

Table 3.21 US Centroid Census Geocoder Output Data

Field Position Length Description

Output XRef Match Section

Ret_Code 1 1 Geocoder program execution status. See “US Centroid Census Geocoder Output XRef Match Section Error Codes” on page 3-79.

Postal_Code 2 – 10 9 9-digit ZIP code provided by the postal geocoder.

State_Code 11 – 12 2 FIPS state codeFIPS (Federal Information Processing Standards). State codes - 2 digits. Valid codes are 01-99.

County_Code 13 – 15 3 FIPS County codeStandard non-zero, 3-digit number depicting a primary political subdivision of a state. Always odd. Valid codes 001– 099, plus Independent Cities in Virginia 510–840 by fives or tens, and parishes in Louisiana.

Tract_Code 16 – 21 6 Census tract codeFour digit basic code, implied decimal point and 2 suffix. Small statistical subdivision of a county. Designed to have relatively homogeneous populations of between 2,500 and 8,000 residents. Valid codes 0001.00 – 9899.99.

Blk_Group 22 1 Census block group codeDefined as that set of census blocks sharing the same digit within a census tract. (e.g. BG ‘3’ within a tract would include any block numbered between 301 and 309.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

US Centroid Census Geocoder Output Data 3-73

Mcd_Code 23 – 25 3 Census Minor Civil Division (MCD)• An MCD is a primary political and

administrative subdivision of a county, typically a town, township, etc.

• A CCD is a statistical subdivision of a county roughly equivalent to an MCD defined for areas without stable MCD definitions.

They are used interchangeably in geocoding.

Msa_Code 26 – 29 4 Census Metropolitan Statistical AreaFour digits. A standalone metropolitan area defined by entire counties or by MCD in New England. MSA boundaries are defined by the Office of Management and Budget.

Latitude 30 – 38 9 Angular distance, up to 180 degrees north or south of the equator, measured in degrees to 6 decimal places.

Longitude 39 – 48 10 Angular distance, up to 180 degrees east or west of the prime meridian in Greenwich, England, measured in degrees to 6 decimal places.

Output Street Tract Match Section

Ret_code 1 1 Geocoder execution status. See “US Centroid Census (Street Tract Match Section) Error Codes” on page 3-80.

Street_name 2 – 23 22 Street name

Street_pre_direction

24 – 25 2 Street prefix direction that precedes the street name. Commonly letter designations like N, SW, and so on

Street_Post_Direction

26 – 27 2 Follows the street name. Commonly letter designations like N, SW, and so on

Street_Suffix 28 – 31 4 Street type (e.g. Ave., Rd., etc.) Appropriate abbreviations are used.

Table 3.21 US Centroid Census Geocoder Output Data (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-74 US Centroid Census Geocoder Output Data

Cens_State 32 – 33 2 FIPS (Federal Information Processing Standards) State codes. Valid codes are 01-99.

Cens_County 34 – 36 3 FIPS County code. Standard non-zero, 3-digit number depicting a primary political subdivision of a state. Always odd. Valid codes 001 – 099 plus Independent Cities in Virginia 510–840 by fives or tens and parishes in Louisiana.

Cens_Tract 37 – 42 6 Census tract code. Four digit basic code, implied decimal point and 2-digit suffix. Small statistical subdivision of a county. Designed to have relatively homogeneous populations of between 2,500 and 8,000 residents. Valid codes are 0001.00 – 9899.99.

Cens_Bg 43 1 Census block group code. Defined as that set of census blocks sharing the same digit within a census tract. For example, BG 3 within a tract would include any block numbered between 301 and 399.

Cens_Mcd 44 – 46 3 Census Minor Civil Division Code • An MCD is a primary political and

administrative subdivision of a county, typically a town, township, etc.

• A CCD is a statistical subdivision of a county roughly equivalent to an MCD defined for areas without stable MCD definitions.

These are used interchangeably in geocoding.

Table 3.21 US Centroid Census Geocoder Output Data (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

US Centroid Census Geocoder Output Data 3-75

Cens_Msa 47 – 50 4 Census Metropolitan Statistical Area CodeA standalone metropolitan area defined by entire counties or by MCD in New England. MSA boundaries are defined by the Office of Management and Budget.

Latitude 51 – 59 9 Angular distance, up to 180 degrees north or south of the equator, measured in degrees to 6 decimal places.

Longitude 60 – 69 10 Angular distance, up to 180 degrees east or west of the prime meridian in Greenwich, England, measured in degrees to 6 decimal places.

Fail_Level 70 1 A numerical indicator of the accuracy of the match for the street-level lookup.

0=Exact match to the directory.1=5-digit ZIP code failure, ZIP not found in directory.2=Street name failure; street name not found in directory.3=Primary range failure; typically the house number cannot be found on the census directory.4=Street components failure; secondary street components (like apt. information) not found on directory. 5=Ambiguous failure; when not one clear match (usually when missing information prohibits matching.)

Output Gaci Data

Zipcode 49 – 53 5 5-digit ZIP code provided by the postal geocoder.

Trans_Type 54 1 Transaction type

Table 3.21 US Centroid Census Geocoder Output Data (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-76 US Centroid Census Geocoder Output Data

State_Code 55 – 56 2 FIPS State codesFIPS (Federal Information Processing Standards). State codes are 2 digits. Valid codes are 01 – 99.

County_Code 57 – 59 3 FIPS County codeStandard non-zero, 3-digit number depicting a primary political subdivision of a state. Always odd. Valid codes: 001–099 plus Independent Cities in Virginia 510–840 by fives or tens and parishes in Louisiana.

Tract_Code 60 – 65 6 Census tract codeFour digit basic code, implied decimal point and 2-digit suffix. Small statistical subdivision of a county. Designed to have relatively homogeneous populations of between 2,500 and 8,000 residents. Valid codes are 0001.00 – 9899.99.

Blk_Group 66 1 Block groupOne digit. Defined as that set of census blocks sharing the same digit within a census tract. For example, BG 3 within a tract would include any block numbered between 301 and 399.

Mcd_Code 67 – 69 3 Census Minor Civil Division CodeAn MCD is a primary political and administrative subdivision of a county, typically a town, township, and so on. A CCD is a statistical subdivision of a county roughly equivalent to an MCD defined for areas without stable MCD definitions. They are used interchangeably in geocoding.

Table 3.21 US Centroid Census Geocoder Output Data (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

US Centroid Census Geocoder Output Data 3-77

Msa_Code 70 – 73 4 Census Metropolitan Statistical Area CodeFour digits. A standalone metropolitan area defined by entire counties or by MCD in New England. MSA boundaries are defined by the Office of Management and Budget.

Latitude 74 – 82 9 Angular distance, up to 180 degrees north or south of the equator, measured in degrees to 6 decimal places.

Longitude 83 – 92 10 Angular distance, up to 180 degrees east or west of the prime meridian in Greenwich, England, measured in degrees to 6 decimal places.

Output Resolved Data

State_Code 93 – 94 2 FIPS State codeFIPS (Federal Information Processing Standards). State codes - 2 digits. Valid codes are 01– 99.

County_Code 95 – 97 3 FIPS County codeStandard non-zero, 3-digit number depicting a primary political subdivision of a state. Always odd. Valid codes 001– 099 plus Independent Cities in Virginia 510–840 by fives or tens and parishes in Louisiana.

Tract_Code 98 – 103 6 Census tract codeFour digit basic code, implied decimal point and 2-digit suffix. Small statistical subdivision of a county. Designed to have relatively homogeneous populations of between 2,500 and 8,000 residents. Valid codes are 0001.00 – 9899.99.

Table 3.21 US Centroid Census Geocoder Output Data (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-78 US Centroid Census Geocoder Output Data

Blk_Group 104 1 Block groupDefined as that set of census blocks sharing the same digit within a census tract. (e.g. BG 3 within a tract would include any block numbered between 301 and 399.

Mcd_Code 105 – 107

3 Census Minor Civil Division CodeAn MCD is a primary political and administrative subdivision of a county, typically a town, township, and so on A CCD is a statistical subdivision of a county roughly equivalent to an MCD defined for areas without stable MCD definitions. Used interchangeably in geocoding.

Msa_Code 108 – 111

4 Census Metropolitan Statistical Area CodeFour digits. A standalone metropolitan area defined by entire counties or by MCD in New England. MSA boundaries are defined by the Office of Management and Budget.

Lat_Code 112 – 120

9 Angular distance, up to 180 degrees north or south of the equator, measured in degrees to 6 decimal places.

Lon_Code 121 – 130

10 Angular distance, up to 180 degrees east or west of the prime meridian in Greenwich, England, measured in degrees to 6 decimal places.

Coord_Level 131 1 Accuracy indicator, depends upon the accuracy of the returned data: 1=XRef – most accurate return, match on 9-digit zip code.2=ACG – next most accurate return, match on street name.3=GACI – least accurate return, match on 5-digit zip code.

Table 3.21 US Centroid Census Geocoder Output Data (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

US Centroid Census Geocoder Output XRef Match Section Error Codes 3-79

US Centroid Census Geocoder Output XRef Match Section Error Codes

These error codes are returned by the output XRef match section of the US Centroid Census Geocoder. They are populated in the gm_ret_code field.

Fail_Level_ For_ Xref

132 1 A numerical indicator of the accuracy of the match for the 9-digit zip code level lookup.0=Exact match to the directory.1=No match to the directory, no return.

Table 3.22 US Centroid Census Geocoder Output XRef Match Section Error Codes

Value Error Message Description

0 No Error Program has executed successfully. User must check the fail level; a complete match to the directory was not obtained.

1 Matched to Directory Matched to Directory

2 Invalid Call Type ACTION must be either O, P, or C. (API only)

3 Insufficient Storage Available

Not enough memory to load census directories.

4 Base Data Seek Error When performing street-level processing, Geocoder had trouble locating the area in the file, GMBUBD, defined by the street.

5 Base Data Open Error When performing street-level processing, the Geocoder could not open the file GMBUBD.

6 Level 1 Open Error When performing street-level processing, the Geocoder could not open the file GMBUL1.

7 Gaci Data Open Error Geocoder could not open the file GMGACI.

Table 3.21 US Centroid Census Geocoder Output Data (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-80 US Centroid Census Geocoder Street Tract Match Section Error Codes

US Centroid Census Geocoder Street Tract Match Section Error CodesThese error codes are returned by the street tract match section of the US Centroid Census Geocoder. They are populated in the ret_code field.

Table 3.23 US Centroid Census (Street Tract Match Section) Error Codes

Value Error Message Description

0 No error Program has executed successfully and user must check the fail level because a complete match to the directory was not obtained.

8 Matched to Directory User must check the fail level.

9 Invalid Call Type ACTION must be O=Open, P=Process, or C=Close.

A Insufficient Storage Not enough memory to load census directories.

B Level 2 Seek Error When performing street-level processing, the Geocoder had trouble locating the area in the file, AMBUL2, defined by the street.

C Base Data Seek Error When performing street-level processing, the Geocoder could not open the file AMBUBD.

D Base Data Open Error When performing street-level processing, the Geocoder could not open the file AMBUBD.

E Level 1 Open Error Geocoder could not open the file AMBUL1.

F Level 2 Open Error Geocoder could not open the file AMBUL2.

G CICS Queue Error

H CICS GM System Not Initialized

I CICS GM Freemain Failures

J Bad Read on Level1 GMMATCH

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

US Centroid Census Geocoder DISPLAY_BASEDATA Options 3-81

US Centroid Census Geocoder DISPLAY_BASEDATA OptionsThis table explains the behavior of the Centroid Census Geocoder when attempting to match the input street name and components to the postal directory. By using DISPLAY_BASEDATA with specific values, the possibility of getting a match can be improved or possible matches can be returned to the calling program for evaluation.

Table 3.24 Centroid Census Geocoder DISPLAY_BASEDATA Values

Value Description

Y Display the basedata (house number and components) to standard output.Apply the spelling algorithm as necessary on streets beginning, with the same first character with the exception of numeric types of streets and return this information.

2 Display to standard output only the street names from the directory, applying the spelling algorithm as necessary on streets beginning with the same first character, with the exception of numeric types of streets.

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-82 US Interpolated Rooftop Census Geocoder API Output

US Interpolated Rooftop Census Geocoder API OutputInput Data The following table shows the 247-byte input/output data layout of the US Rooftop Census Geocoder. This data string is used as the input to the Interpolated House Number Census Geocoder.

Table 3.25 US Rooftop Census Geocoder Input and Output Data

Field Position Length Description

Input Geographic Match Section (inarea — First 130 bytes)

Pr_gin_str_name 1 - 22 22 Input street name

Pr_gin_postal_code 23 - 31 9 Input postal code

Pr_gin_str_pre_direction 32 - 33 2 Input pre direction

Pr_gin_str_post_direction

34 - 35 2 Input post direction

Pr_gin_str_suffix 36 - 39 4 Input street suffix

Pr_gin_house_number 40 - 49 10 Input house number

Pr_gin_secondary_number

50 - 55 6 Input secondary number

Pr_gin_secondary_type 56 - 59 4 Input secondary type

Pr_gin_bldg_firm_name 60 - 85 26 Input building firm

Pr_gin_postal_number 86 - 91 6 Post office number

Pr_gin_postal_city_number

92 - 97 6 Postal city number

Pr_gin_postal_city_name 98 - 127 30 Postal city name

Pr_gin_stprvcty_name 128 - 129

2 State, province, county

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

US Interpolated Rooftop Census Geocoder API Output 3-83

Pr_gin_record_type 130 1 Input record type: 1=street, 2=rr/hc, 3=pobox, 4=error5=Bad Street Pattern.

Output Geographic Match Section (outarea — 117 bytes)

Pr_gout_postal_code 1 - 9 9 Output postal code

Pr_gout_delivery_point 10 - 11 2 Output delivery point

Pr_gout_delivery_point_cd

12 1 Output delivery point code

Pr_gout_carrier_route 13 - 16 4 Output carrier route

Pr_gout_deliver_addr 17 - 66 50 Output delivery address line rebuilt from the best available matched or parsed address components.

Pr_gout_house_number 67 - 76 10 Output house number

Pr_gout_str_pre_direction

77 - 78 2 Output pre direction

Pr_gout_str_name 79 - 100 22 Output street name

Pr_gout_str_post_direction

101 - 102

2 Output post direction

Pr_gout_str_suffix 103 - 106

4 Output street suffix

Pr_gout_secondary_type 107 - 110

4 Output of the geocoder identifying the type of apartment.

Pr_gout_secondary_number

111 - 116

6 Output of the geocoder identifying the apartment number.

Table 3.25 US Rooftop Census Geocoder Input and Output Data

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-84 Output Data Layout

Output Data Layout This table describes fields that are returned from the Interpolated Rooftop Census Geocoder.

Pr_gout_fail_level 117 1 A numeric code (0 – 5) used to identify the level at which the address matched or failed to match the postal directories. Valid match fail levels are:0=No failure: a match.1=City/state: where city/state code was not available.2=Street name: street name spelling failure.3=Primary range: failure of house number.4=Address components: failure of other address elements (such as: business name, street type, direction, apartment #) when matched via a street.5=Ambiguous failure: when there is not one clear match (usually when more information is required or missing information prohibits matching.)

Table 3.26 US Rooftop Census Geocoder Output Record Format

Field Position Length Description

Supplied by the US Rooftop Census Geocoder

hm_ret_code 1 1 Rooftop Census Geocoder program execution status. See “Error Codes” on page 3-87.

hm_st_name 2–31 30 Street name

Table 3.25 US Rooftop Census Geocoder Input and Output Data

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Output Data Layout 3-85

hm_pre_ dir 32–33 2 Street prefix direction – precedes the street name. Commonly letter designations such as N or SW.

hm_post_ dir 34–35 2 Street post direction; follows the street name. Commonly letter designations such as N or SW.

hm_st_suffix 36–39 4 Street types like Ave. or Rd. Appropriate abbreviations are used.

hm_state 40-41 2 Census state code

hm_county 42–44 3 Census County code – Three-digit, standard, non-zero odd number, between 001–999, that depicts a primary political subdivision of a state. Based on Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS).

hm_place 45-49 5 Census place code – FIPS code assigned to places (including independent cities) according to alphabetic sequence within a state.

hm_tract 50-55 6 Census tract code – Four-digit code, with an implied decimal point and a two-digit suffix that specifies the small statistical subdivision of a county with relatively homogeneous populations of between 2,500 and 8,000 residents.

Valid codes between 0001.00–9899.99, plus independent cities in Virginia 510– 840 by fives or tens and parishes in Louisiana

hm_block 56-59 4 Census Block Code – Four-digits. Census blocks are small areas that do not cross boundaries of counties, county subdivisions, places, census tract or block numbering areas, American Indian areas, congressional districts, voting districts, urban or rural areas, or urbanized areas.

hm_msa 60-63 4 Metropolitan statistical area – code that specifies either an MSA or PSMA.

hm_msa_ind 64 1 Tells whether hm_msa contains an MSA or PSMA.

Table 3.26 US Rooftop Census Geocoder Output Record Format

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-86 Output Data Layout

hm_cbsa 65-69 5 Core-based statistical area. Five-digit code that defines a metropolitan or micropolitan area.

hm_necma 70-73 4 New England County metropolitan area. Four-digit code that defines a metropolitan area in New England. Similar to MSA.

hm_mcd 74-78 5 Census Minor Civil Division. Five-digit code that specifies either an MCD or CCD (which are used interchangeably)

• MCD refers to a primary political and administrative subdivision of a county (typically a town or township).

• CCD refers to a statistical subdivision of a county roughly equivalent to an MCD, defined for areas without stable MCD definitions.

hm_smcd 79-83 5 Census Sub Minor Civil Division – A further sub-division of a MCD; specifically, a sub-barrio in Puerto Rico. SMCDs are legal subdivisions of MCDs.

hm_latitude 84-92 9 Angular distance, up to 90 degrees north or south of the equator, measured in degrees to six decimal places

hm_longitude 93-102 10 Angular distance, up to 180 degrees east or west of the prime meridian in Greenwich, England, measured in degrees to six decimal places.

hm_acc_ind 103 1 Accuracy score for the resulting latitude/longitude.

hm_fail_level 104 1 Fail Level. Refer to the table below for valid values.

hm_county_name

105-154 50 Corresponding county name for returned county code.

hm_place_name

155-204 50 Corresponding place name for returned place code.

Table 3.26 US Rooftop Census Geocoder Output Record Format

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Error Codes 3-87

Error CodesThese error codes are returned by the Rooftop Census Geocoder.

hm_msa_name

205-254 50 Corresponding MSA/PMSA name for returned MSA/PMSA code.

hm_necma_name

255-304 50 Corresponding NECMA name for returned NECMA code.

hm_cbsa_name

305-354 50 Corresponding CBSA name for returned CBSA code.

hm_filler 355-400 46 Reserved for future enhancements.

Table 3.27 US Interpolated Rooftop Census Error Codes

Value Description

0 No Error

1 Matched Directory - there is a match but the user must check the fail level code for more information.

2 Invalid Call Type - the Action parameter must be O, P, or C.

3 Insufficient Storage Available - not enough free memory to run the Census Geocoder.

4 Level 2 Seek Error - when performing street-level processing, the geocoder had trouble locating the area in the file HMBUL2.

5 Base Data Seek Error - when performing street-level processing, the geocoder had trouble locating the area in one of the basedata files.

6 Base Data Open Error - when performing street-level processing, could not open one or more of the following files: HMBUB1, HMBUB2, HMBUB3, HMBUB4

7 Level 1 Open Error - when performing street-level processing, could not open file, HMBUL1

Table 3.26 US Rooftop Census Geocoder Output Record Format

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-88 CA Postal Geocoder API Output

CA Postal Geocoder API OutputThis table shows the input/output data layout for the CA Postal Geocoder.

CA Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data

8 Level 2 Open Error - when performing street-level processing, could not open file, HMBUL2

A MSA Open Error - Could not open HMMSA file.

B Name Open Error - Could not open HMNAME file.

C MSA Read Error - Could not read HMMSA file.

D Name Read Error - Could not read HMNAME file.

Table 3.28 CA Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data

Field Position Length Description

Input Geographic Match Section

Postal_Code 1–6 6 Postal code. Original post code from input record.

House_Number 7–16 10 House number. Typically the value preceding the street name.

Street_Name 17–46 30 Street name

Street_Type 47–52 6 Street type, such as Ave. or Rd.

Table 3.27 US Interpolated Rooftop Census Error Codes (Continued)

Value Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

CA Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data 3-89

Street_Dir 53–54 2 Street direction. For example:N=North/NordS=South/SudE=East/EstW=WestO=OuestNE=North East/Nord-estNW=North WestNO=Nord-OuestSE=South East/Sud-estSW=South WestSO=South Ouest

Building 55–84 30 Building name

Sub_Building 85–114 30 For a building, the unit type, like Apt. or Unit.

Sub_Building_Value 115–124 10 For a building, the unit value, like Apt.# or Unit#.

Organization_Name 125 - 154

30 Organization name. Business name located at this address.

Route_Type 155 - 174

20 Route type:RR=Rural RouteSS=Suburban ServiceMR=Mobile RouteGD=General Delivery

Route_Number 175 - 184

10 Route number

Table 3.28 CA Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-90 CA Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data

Prov_Name 185 - 186

2 Province name code:NF=NewfoundlandNS=Nova ScotiaPE=Prince Edward IslandNB=New BrunswickQC=QuebecON=OntarioMB=ManitobaSK=SaskatchewanAB=AlbertaBC=British ColumbiaNT=Northwest TerritoriesYT=YukonNU=Nunavut

Area_Name 187 - 216

30 Area name

Record_Type 217 1 Address type:1 – Street Record2 – Route Record3 – Po Box Record4 – Records that don't fit any other type6 – Street w/ Route RecordE – Pattern Error RecordF – Foreign Record

Filler 218 - 225

8 Reserved for future use

Table 3.28 CA Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

CA Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data 3-91

Output Geographic Match Section

Ret_Code 1 1 Geocoder program execution status. For values, see “CA Postal Geocoder Program Error Codes” on page 3-101.

Postal_Code 2 - 7 6 Value from the postal directory when there is a match to the street components, otherwise the original input post code is returned.

House_Number 8 - 17 10 House number. Typically precedes the street name.

Street_Name 18 - 47 30 Street name

Street_Type 48 - 53 6 Street type. For example Ave. or Rd.

Street_Dir 54 - 55 2 Street direction:N=North/NordS=South/SudE=East/EstW=WestO=OuestNE=North East/Nord-estNW=North WestNO=Nord-OuestSE=South East/Sud-estSW=South WestSO=South Ouest

Building 56 - 85 30 Building name

Sub_Building 86 - 115 30 For a building, the unit type. (e.g. Apt. or Unit)

Sub_Building_Value 116 - 125

10 For a building, the unit value. (e.g. Apt.# or Unit#)

Organization_Name 127 - 155

30 Organization name; Business name located at this address.

Table 3.28 CA Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-92 CA Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data

Route_Type 156 - 175

20 Secondary route type:RR=Rural RouteSS=Suburban ServiceMR=Mobile RouteGD=General Delivery

Route_Number 176 - 185

10 Secondary route number. Number that identifies a rural route, suburban service, or mobile route delivery mode.

Prov_Cnty 186 - 187

2 Province name code:NF=NewfoundlandNS=Nova ScotiaPE=Prince Edward IslandNB=New BrunswickQC=QuebecON=OntarioMB=ManitobaSK=SaskatchewanAB=AlbertaBC=British ColumbiaNT=Northwest TerritoriesYT=YukonNU=Nunavut

Area_Name 188 - 217

30 Area name

Table 3.28 CA Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

CA Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data 3-93

Rec_Type 218 1 Record type code:1=Street address record2=Street served by route record3=lock box address record4=Route service address record5=General delivery address recordA=Building name recordB=Large volume receiver name (Street) recordC=Government name (Street) recordD=Large volume receiver name (Lock Box) recordE=Government name (Lock box) recordF=General delivery name record

Addr_Type 219 1 Address type:1=Civic (street) address format2=Delivery installation (station) address format

Install_Name 220 - 249

30 Delivery Installation name

Install_Type 250 - 254

5 Category of Delivery Installation:BDP=Bureau De PostCC=Concession CommercialeCDO=Commercial Dealership OutletCMC=Community Mail CenterCPC=Centre Postal CommunautaireCSP=Comptoir Service PostalLCD=Letter Carrier DepotPDF=Poste Des FacteursPO=Post OfficeRPO=Retail Postal OutletSTN=StationSUCC=Succursale

Table 3.28 CA Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-94 CA Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data

Install_Qual 255 - 269

15 Installation qualifier. When more than one delivery installation serves and are described by the Delivery Installation Name, the qualifier name uniquely identifies the delivery installation.

Multiple_Installations 270 1 Multiple installations

Deliver_Addr 271 - 320

50 Reconstructed street address. Constructed from the postal geocoder returned street components to provide a usable mailing address.

Fail_Level 321 1 Numerical indicator of the match accuracy.0=Exact match to the directory.1=City failure; city not found in directory2=Street Name failure; not found in directory3=Primary Range failure; typically the house number cannot be found on the postal directory4=Street Components failure; secondary street components (like apartment information) not found on the postal directory.5=Ambiguous Failure: when there is not one clear match (usually when more information is required or missing information prohibits matching).

Number_of_Changes 322 - 324

3 Numerical indicator to the number of changes to the output address.

Conflict_Pc 325 1 1=A match to a non-PO box address and PO box was present on the input.

Postal_Code_Changed 326 1 Y – Flag indicating postal code output is different from the input.

Table 3.28 CA Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

CA Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data 3-95

Muni_Prov_Changed 327 1 Y – Flag indicating city name output is different from the input.

Street_Name_Changed

328 1 Y – Flag indicating street name output is different from the input.

Street_Components_Changed

329 1 Y – Flag indicating street components output is different from the input.

Co_Status 330 1 Canada Post status:

N=Not correctableV=VerifiableC=Correctable.

Filler 331 - 350

20 Reserved for future use

Table 3.28 CA Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-96 CA Match Possibilities Data Area

CA Match Possibilities Data AreaThe following layout shows the fields that are included in the “details buffer”, of the CA Postal Geocoder.

Table 3.29 CA Match Possibilities Data Area

Field Position Length Description

Rec_Type 1 1 Record type code:1=Street address record2=Street served by route record3=Lock box address record4=Route service address record5=General delivery address recordA=Building name recordB=Large volume receiver name (Street) recordC=Government name (Street) recordD=Large volume receiver name (Lock Box) recordE=Government name (Lock box) recordF=General delivery name record

Addr_Type 2 1 Address type. 1=Civic (street) address2=Delivery installation (station) address format

Street_Name 3 - 32 30 Street name

Street_Type 33 - 38 6 Street type. (e.g. Ave. or Rd.)

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

CA Match Possibilities Data Area 3-97

Street_Dir 39 - 40 2 Street direction:N=North/NordS=South/SudE=East/EstW=WestO=OuestNE=North East/Nord-estNW=North WestNO=Nord-OuestSE=South East/Sud-estSW=South WestSO=South Ouest

Addr_Parity 41 1 Address parity for the house number. O=Odd number; E=Even number; B=Both odd & even

Addr_Numb_Start 42 - 51 10 Low range house number. Starting house # value on postal directory.

Addr_Numb_End 52 - 61 10 High range house number value on the postal directory.

Ste_Numb_Start 62 - 67 6 Starting suite number value on directory.

Ste_Numb_End 68 - 73 6 Ending suite # value on directory.

Box_Numb_Start 74 - 78 5 Starting box # value on directory.

Box_Numb_End 79 - 83 5 Ending box # value on directory.

Route_Type 84 - 85 2 RR=Rural RouteSS=Suburban ServiceMR=Mobile RouteGD=General Delivery

Route_Numb 86 - 89 4 Route number Number that identifies a rural route, suburban service, or mobile route delivery mode.

Misc_Data 90 - 149 60 Miscellaneous data

Table 3.29 CA Match Possibilities Data Area (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-98 CA Match Possibilities Data Area

Postal_Code 150 - 155

6 Postal code value from the postal directory when there is a match to the street components, otherwise the original input post code is returned.

Province 156 - 157

2 NF=NewfoundlandNS=Nova ScotiaPE=Prince Edward IslandNB=New BrunswickQC=QuebecON=OntarioMB=ManitobaSK=SaskatchewanAB=AlbertaBC=British ColumbiaNT=Northwest TerritoriesYT=YukonNU=Nunavut

Ptwn_Name 158 - 187

30 City name

Correct_Street_Name 188 - 217

30 Corrected street name

Correct_Street_Type 218 - 223

6 Corrected street type

Correct_Street_Dir 224 - 225

2 Corrected street direction

Install_Name 226 - 255

30 Install name

Table 3.29 CA Match Possibilities Data Area (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

CA Match Possibilities Data Area 3-99

Install_Type 256 - 260

5 BDP=Bureau De PostCC=Concession CommercialeCDO=Commercial Dealership OutletCMC=Community Mail CenterCPC=Centre Postal CommunautaireCSP=Comptoir Service PostalLCD=Letter Carrier DepotPDF=Poste Des FacteursPO=Post OfficeRPO=Retail Postal OutletSTN=StationSUCC=Succursale

Install_Qual 261 - 275

15 When more than one delivery installation serves and are described by the Delivery Installation Name, the qualifier name uniquely identifies the delivery installation.

Multiple_Installations 276 1 Multiple installations

Table 3.29 CA Match Possibilities Data Area (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-100 CA DISPLAY_BASEDATA Parameter Options

CA DISPLAY_BASEDATA Parameter OptionsThis table explains the behavior of the CA Postal Geocoder when attempting to match the input street name and components to the postal directory. By using DISPLAY_BASEDATA with specific values, the possibility of getting a match can be improved or possible matches can be returned to the API for evaluation.

Table 3.30 CA Geocoder DISPLAY_BASEDATA Values

Value Description

N No display. Apply the spelling algorithm as necessary on streets beginning with the same first character, with the exception of numeric types of streets. No population of the street name or details buffer is performed.

Default Using any of the other values blanks out the postal form.

4 No display and no spelling algorithm applied – the street must be an exact match. No population of the street name or details buffer is performed.

5 No display, apply the spelling algorithm to every street on the directory. No population of the street name or details buffer is performed.

Y Display the basedata (house number and components) to standard output.Apply the spelling algorithm as necessary on streets beginning with the same first character, with the exception of numeric types of streets and return this information.

6 Display basedata (house number & components) to standard output and return this information.No spelling algorithm applied – the street must be an exact match.

7 Display the basedata (house number and components) to standard output.Apply the spelling algorithm to every street on the directory and return this information.

3 Return to the street_name_buffer and details_buffer the Level 2 (street name) and basedata (house number and components).Apply the spelling algorithm as necessary on streets beginning with the same first character with the exception of numeric types of streets.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

CA Postal Geocoder Error Codes 3-101

CA Postal Geocoder Error Codes

This table describes the error codes returned by the CA Postal Geocoder.

A Return to the street_name_buffer and details_buffer the Level 2 (street name) and basedata (house number and components). The street must be an exact match. No spelling algorithm applied.

B Return to the street_name_buffer and details_buffer the Level 2 (street name) and basedata (house number and components).Apply the spelling algorithm to every street on the directory. Display to standard output only the street names from the directory.

2 Display to standard output only the street names from the directory.

8 Display to standard output only the street names from the directory. Street must be an exact match. No spelling algorithm applied.

9 Display to standard output only the street names from the directory.Apply the spelling algorithm to every street on the directory.

Table 3.31 CA Postal Geocoder Program Error Codes

Value Description

0 No Error

1 Matched Directory – User must check the fail level code for more information.

2 Invalid Call Type – the action parameter must be O, P, or C.

3 Insufficient Storage Available – not enough free memory to run the Geocoder.

4 Level 2 Seek Error – when performing street-level processing, the Geocoder had trouble locating the area in the file, CABUL2, defined by the postal finance code.

5 Base Data Seek Error – when performing street-level processing, the Geocoder had trouble locating the area in the file, CABUBD, defined by the street.

6 Base Data Open Error – when performing street-level processing, the Geocoder could not open the file, CABUBD.

Table 3.30 CA Geocoder DISPLAY_BASEDATA Values

Value Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-102 CA Postal Geocoder Error Codes

7 Level 1 Open Error – when performing street-level processing, the Geocoder could not open the file, CABUL1.

8 Level 2 Open Error – when performing street-level processing, the Geocoder could not open the file, CABUL2.

9 Area decode open error – could not access area names

A Level PI open error – could not open CABUPI file

B Level P open error – could not open CABUPC file

C Level P seek error – error reading CABUPI file

D Amuni open error – could not open CAAMUNI file

E Free Memory Error (CICS Only)

F Invalid DISPLAY_BASEDATA Value (CICS Only)

Table 3.31 CA Postal Geocoder Program Error Codes

Value Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

AU Geocoder API Output 3-103

AU Geocoder API OutputThis table shows the input/output data layout for the AU Postal Geocoder.

AU Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data

Table 3.32 AU Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data

Field Position Length Description

Input Geographic Match Section (street_info — 200 bytes)

Postal_Code 1 - 4 4 Postal code

House_Number 5 - 14 10 House number; typically the value that precedes the street name.

Street_Name 15- 44 30 Street name, direction

Street_Type 45 - 48 4 Street type. For example Ave. or Rd.

Street_Dir 49 - 50 2 Street direction. Directional indicator for street: N, S, E or W.

Building 51 - 80 30 Building name

Sub_Building 81 - 95 15 Within a building, the unit type. For example Apt. or Unit.

Sub_Building_Value

96 - 105 10 Within a building, the unit value. For example Apt# or Unit#.

Organization_Name 106 - 135 30 Organization name; Business name located at this address.

State 136 - 138 3 State; State name.

Postal_City 139 - 168 30 Postal city; City name\

Filler 169 - 182 14 Reserved for future use.

Floor 183 - 186 4 Floor

Floor_Num 187 - 191 5 Floor value

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-104 AU Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data

Dp_Id 192 - 199 8 Delivery point ID. Number assigned by Australia Post to designate the address or range of addresses.

Record_Type 200 1 Address type

Output Geographic Match Section (return_info — 300 bytes)

Ret_Code 1 1 Return code. For values, see “AU Geocoder Program Error Codes” on page 3-110.

Postal_Code 2 - 5 4 Original postal code or postal code from the directory when a match was possible. This value depends on the match success of the street components as indicated by the fail level.

House_Number 6 - 15 10 House #. (Typically the value preceding the street name.)

Street_Name 16 - 45 30 Street name. Original street name or street name from the postal directory when a match was possible.

Street_Type 46 - 49 4 Street type. (e.g. Ave., Road, etc.)

Street_Dir 50 - 53 4 Street direction. Directional Indicator for the street, usually N, S, E or W.

Building 54 - 83 30 Building name

Sub_Building 84 - 90 7 Type. Apt., Unit, and so on

Sub_Building_Value

91 - 95 5 Value. Apt.#, Unit#, and so on

Postal_Num 96 - 103 8 Postal number. Box Number

Postal_Pfx 104 - 106 3 Postal prefix. Box Prefix

Postal_Sfx 107 - 109 3 Postal suffix. Box Suffix

Floor 110 - 113 4 Floor

Table 3.32 AU Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

AU Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data 3-105

Floor_Num 114 - 118 5 Floor value

Filler4 119 - 124 6 Reserved for future use

State 125 - 127 3 State name

Postal_City 128 - 157 30 Postal city name

Rec_Type 158 1 Address type. Values include:

1=Street record2=PoBox record with street information3=PoBox record4=Error recorde=Pattern error recordf=foreign record

Deliver_Addr 159 - 208 50 Reconstructed street address; Constructed from the returned street components to provide a mailing address.

Postal_Code_Changed

209 1 Y – Flag indicating postal code output is different from the input.

City_State_Changed

210 1 Y – Flag indicating city name output is different from the input.

Street_Name_Changed

211 1 Y – Flag indicating street name output is different from the input.

Street_Components_Changed

212 1 Y – Flag indicating street components output different from input.

Table 3.32 AU Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-106 AU Match Possibilities Data Area

AU Match Possibilities Data Area

The following layout shows the fields that are included in the “details buffer”, of the AU Postal Geocoder.

Fail_Level 213 1 A numerical indicator of the match accuracy.0=Exact match to the directory.1=City failure, city not found in postal directory.2=Street name failure, not found in directory.3=Primary range failure, typically the house # cannot be found on the directory.4=Street components failure, secondary street components (like apt. information) not found on directory.5=Ambiguous failure; not one clear match (usually when more information is required or missing information prohibits matching).

Allotment 214 - 220 7 Numeric, Lot number. Value designating land parcel without a house number.

Filler1 221 - 240 20 Reserved for future use.

Dp_Id 241 - 249 9 Delivery point ID. Number assigned by Australia Post to designate address or range of addresses.

Filler 250 - 300 51 Reserved for future use.

Table 3.33 AU Match Possibilities Data Area

Field Length Position Description

Street_Name

30 1 - 30 Street name

Street_Type

4 31 - 34 Street type, such as Ave. or Rd.

Table 3.32 AU Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

AU Match Possibilities Data Area 3-107

Street_Dir 4 35 - 38 Street direction, usually N,S,E, or W.

FromHsno 10 39 - 48 Starting house # value on the directory.

ToHsno 10 49 - 58 Ending house # value on the directory.

PC 4 59 - 62 Postal code

State 3 63 - 65 State

Postal_City 30 66 - 95 Postal city; City name

Fail_Level 1 96 A numerical indicator of the accuracy of the match.0=Exact match to the directory.1=City failure, city name not found in the postal directory.2=Street name failure, not found in the postal directory.3=Primary range failure, house # not found on the postal directory.4=Street components failure, secondary street components (like apartment information) not found on the postal directory.5=Ambiguous failure, when there is not one clear match (usually when more information is required or missing information prohibits matching).6=Number of Changes Failure: when more than one change made to components of the matched record.

Dp_Id 9 97 - 105 Delivery point ID – Number assigned by Australia Post to designate the address or range of addresses.

Allotment 5 106 - 110 Numeric, Lot number – Value designating land parcel without a house number.

Unit 7 111 - 117 Unit type (Apt., Unit, and so on)

Unit_Number

5 118 - 122 Numeric, Unit number on postal directory (Apt#, Unit#, etc.)

Table 3.33 AU Match Possibilities Data Area

Field Length Position Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-108 AU Match Possibilities Data Area

Floor 4 123 - 126 Floor type:F=Floor G=Ground FloorB=BasementM=Mezzanine

Floor_Num 5 127 - 131 Corresponding Floor value

Postal_Num

8 132 - 139 Postal number; used for box addresses.

Postal_Pfx 3 140 - 142 Postal number prefix

Postal_Sfx 3 143 - 145 Postal number suffix

Filler 6 146 - 151 Reserved for future use.

Table 3.33 AU Match Possibilities Data Area

Field Length Position Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

AU DISPLAY_BASEDATA Parameter Options 3-109

AU DISPLAY_BASEDATA Parameter OptionsThis table explains the behavior of the AU Geocoder when attempting to match the input street name and components to the postal directory.

By using specific values with the Display_Basedata parameter, the possibility of getting a match can be improved or possible matches can be returned to the program for evaluation.

Table 3.34 AU Geocoder DISPLAY_BASEDATA Values

Value Description

N No display. Apply the spelling algorithm as necessary on streets beginning with the same first character, with the exception of numeric types of streets. No population of the street name or details buffer is performed. Default; using any other values blanks out postal form.

4 No display and no spelling algorithm applied – the street must be an exact match. No population of the street name or details buffer is performed.

5 No display. Apply the spelling algorithm to every street on the directory. No population of the street name or details buffer is performed.

Y Display the basedata (house number and components) to standard output. Apply the spelling algorithm as necessary on streets beginning with the same first character, with the exception of numeric types of streets and return this information.

6 Display the basedata (house number and components) to standard output and return this information. The street must be an exact match. No spelling algorithm applied.

7 Display the basedata (house number and components) to standard output and return this information. Apply the spelling algorithm to every street on the directory.

3 Return to the street_name_buffer and details_buffer the Level 2 (street name) and basedata (house number and components). Apply the spelling algorithm as necessary on streets beginning with the same first character, with the exception of numeric types of streets.

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-110 AU Geocoder Error Codes

AU Geocoder Error CodesThe following error codes are all returned by the AU Geocoder.

A Return to the street_name_buffer and details_buffer the Level 2 (street name) and basedata (house number and components). The street must be an exact match. No spelling algorithm applied.

B Return to the street_name_buffer and details_buffer the Level 2 (street name) and basedata (house number and components) Apply the spelling algorithm to every street on the directory. Display to standard output only the street names from the directory

2 Display to standard output only the street names from the directory

8 Display to standard output only the street names from the directory. The street must be an exact match. No spelling algorithm applied.

9 Display to standard output only the street names from the directory applying the spelling algorithm to every street on the directory.

Table 3.35 AU Geocoder Program Error Codes

Value Description

0 No Error

1 Matched Directory – there is a match; user must check fail level code for more information.

2 Invalid Call Type – the action parameter must be O, P, or C.

3 Insufficient Storage Available – Not enough memory to run the Geocoder.

4 Level 2 Seek Error – when performing street-level processing, the Geocoder had trouble locating the area in the file, AUBUL2, defined by the postal finance code.

5 Base Data Seek Error – when performing street-level processing, the Geocoder had trouble locating the area in the file, AUBUBD, defined by the street.

Table 3.34 AU Geocoder DISPLAY_BASEDATA Values

Value Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

AU Geocoder Error Codes 3-111

6 Base Data Open Error – when performing street-level processing, could not open file, AUBUBD.

7 Level 1 Open Error – when performing street-level processing, could not open file, AUBUL1.

8 Level 2 Open Error – when performing street-level processing, could not open the file, AUBUL2.

9 CICS System Not Initialized (CICS Only)

A Auxiliary city table open error.

B Queue Error (CICS Only)

C Memory Free Error (CICS Only)

D Invalid DISPLAY_BASEDATA Value (CICS Only)

Table 3.35 AU Geocoder Program Error Codes

Value Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-112 DE Geocoder API Output

DE Geocoder API OutputThis table shows the input/output data layout for the DE Postal Geocoder.

DE Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data

Table 3.36 DE Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data

Field Position Length Description

Input Geographic Match Section (street_info — 200 bytes)

Postal_Code 1 - 10 10 Original Postal Code from the input record

House_Number 11 - 18 8 House number; typically, the value following the street name.

Street_Name 19 - 48 30 Street name.

Building 49 - 78 30 Building name.

Sub_Building 79 - 93 15 Unit type within a building, such as Apt. or Unit.

Sub_Building_Value

94 - 103 10 Unit value within a building, such as Apt.# or Unit#.

Organization_Name

104 - 133 30 Organization name (usually the business name).

Postal_City 134 - 163 30 City name, identified by the Parser.

Alt_PoBox_Name 164 - 173 10 Contains PO box name when street is also present on the input. When MANIPULATE_POBOX is set to ‘Y’ and the street is not found on the directory, the geocoder uses the data in this field to attempt a match at the PO box level.

Alt_PoBox_Number

174 -181 8 Alternative PO Box number value.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

DE Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data 3-113

Alt_PoBox_Position

182 1 Indicates the input position on the address line for the PO box. 1 = before street2 = after street

Area_Key 183 - 190 8 Code for geographic area (state, district, community)

Filler 191 - 199 9 Reserved for future use.

Record_Type 200 1 Built record type:1=street record3=PO Box record4=error recordF=foreign recordE=pattern error – unknown street pattern review group record.

Output Geographic Match Section (return_info — 300 bytes)

Ret_Code 1 1 Geocoder program execution status. See “DE Geocoder Program Error Codes” on page 3-118.

Postal_Code 2 - 6 5 Postal code from the directory when there is a match to street components; otherwise the original input post code is returned.

House_Number 7 - 14 8 House #; Usually the value following the street name.

Street_Name_Upper

15 - 44 30 Street name displayed in uppercase.

Street_Name_Uplow

45 - 74 30 Street name displayed in mixed case.

Building 75 - 104 30 Building name

Sub_Building 105 - 119 15 Unit type within a building, such as Apt. or Unit.

Table 3.36 DE Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-114 DE Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data

Sub_Building_Value

120 - 129 10 Unit value within a building, such as Apt.# or Unit#.

Postal_City_Upper

130 -159 30 Postal city displayed in uppercase.

Postal_City_Uplow

160 -189 30 Postal city displayed in mixed case.

Rec_Type 190 1 Record type

Deliver_Addr_Upper

191 - 240 50 Street address reconstructed from the geocoder returned street components to provide a usable mailing address. Displayed in uppercase.

Deliver_Addr_Uplow

241 - 290 50 Street address reconstructed from the geocoder returned street components to provide a usable mailing address. Displayed in mixed case.

Postal_Code_Changed

291 1 Y – Flag that indicates the postal code output is different from the input.

City_State_Changed

292 1 Y – Flag that indicates the city name output is different from the input.

Street_Name_Changed

293 1 Y – Flag that indicates the street name output is different from the input.

Street_Component_Changed

294 1 Y – Flag that indicates the street components output is different from the input.

Table 3.36 DE Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

DE Match Possibilities Data Area 3-115

DE Match Possibilities Data AreaThis layout shows fields that make up the “details buffer”, of the DE Geocoder.

Fail_Level 295 1 Numerical indicator of the match accuracy:

0=Exact match to the directory.1=City failure - not found in the postal directory.2=Street name failure - not found in directory.3=Primary range failure, typically the house number cannot be found on the postal directory.4=Street components failure, secondary street components (like apartment information) not found in the postal directory.5=Ambiguous failure; not one clear match (when missing information prohibits matching).

lsa_postal_code 296 - 300 5 Large Scale Addressee Postal Code – code is assigned to businesses that receive large amounts of mail on a daily basis.

Table 3.37 DE Match Possibilities Data Area

Field Position Length Description

Street_Name 1 - 30 30 Street name

Street_Name_Ul 31 - 60 30 Street name displayed in mixed case.

FromHsno 61 - 68 8 Starting house # value on the directory.

ToHsno 69 - 76 8 Ending house # value on the directory.

PC 77 - 82 6 Postal code

Postal_City 83 - 112 30 Postal city

Table 3.36 DE Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-116 DE DISPLAY_BASEDATA Parameter Options

DE DISPLAY_BASEDATA Parameter OptionsThis section explains the behavior of the DE Geocoder when attempting to match the input street name and components to the postal directory. By using these specific values, the possibility of getting a match can be improved or possible matches can be returned to the calling program for evaluation.

Fail_Level 113 1 Matched fail level. See ‘Output Geographic Match Section’ for values.

Organization_Name

114 -143 30 Organization (business) name.

LSA_Postal_Code 144-148 5 Large-scale address postal code. Code is assigned to businesses that receive large amounts of mail on a daily basis.

Filler 149 - 150

2 Reserved for future use.

Table 3.38 DE Geocoder DISPLAY_BASEDATA Values

Value Display Action

N No display, apply spelling algorithm as necessary on streets beginning with the same first character, with the exception of numeric types of streets. No population of the street name or details buffer is performed. This is the default; using any of the other values blanks out postal form.

4 No display and no spelling algorithm applied – the street must be an exact match. No population of the street name or details buffer is performed.

5 No display, apply the spelling algorithm to every street on the directory. No population of the street name or details buffer is performed.

Y Display the basedata (house number and components) to standard output.Apply the spelling algorithm as necessary on streets beginning with the same first character, with the exception of numeric types of streets and return this information.

Table 3.37 DE Match Possibilities Data Area (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

DE DISPLAY_BASEDATA Parameter Options 3-117

6 Display the basedata (house number and components) to standard output and return this information. No spelling algorithm applied – the street must be an exact match.

7 Display the basedata (house number and components) to standard output.Apply the spelling algorithm to every street on the directory and return this information.

3 Return to the street_name_buffer and details_buffer the Level 2 (street name) and basedata (house number and components) Apply the spelling algorithm as necessary on streets beginning with the same first character, with the exception of numeric types of streets.

A Return to the street_name_buffer and details_buffer the Level 2 (street name) and basedata (house number and components) No spelling algorithm applied. The street must be an exact match.

B Return to the street_name_buffer and details_buffer the Level 2 (street name) and basedata (house number and components) Apply the spelling algorithm to every street on the directory. Display to standard output only the street names from the directory

2 Display to standard output only the street names from the directory

8 Display to standard output only the street names from the directory.No spelling algorithm applied. The street must be an exact match.

9 Display to standard output only the street names from the directory.Apply the spelling algorithm to every street on the directory.

Table 3.38 DE Geocoder DISPLAY_BASEDATA Values

Value Display Action

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-118 DE Geocoder Error Codes

DE Geocoder Error Codes

The following error codes are all returned by the DE Geocoder.

Table 3.39 DE Geocoder Program Error Codes

Err

or

Co

de

Error Message Description

0 No Error

1 Matched Directory There is a match but the user must check fail level code.

2 Invalid Call Type action must be either O, P, or C.

3 Insufficient Storage Available

Not enough free emory to run the Geocoder.

4 Level 2 Seek Error When performing street-level processing, the Geocoder had trouble locating the area in the file, DEBUL2.

5 Base Data Seek Error When performing street-level processing, Geocoder had trouble locating the area in the file, DEBUBD, defined by the street.

6 Base Data Open Error When performing street-level processing, could not open DEBUBD.

7 Level 1 Open Error When performing street-level processing, could not open DEBUL1.

8 Level 2 Open Error When performing street-level processing, the could not open the file, DEBUL2.

9 Auxiliary City Table Open Error

Geocoder could not open the file, DEACITY.

A Error for lowercase character standardization file

Geocoder could not open the file or the file is missing.

B Error for uppercase character standardization file

Geocoder could not open the file or the file is missing.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

HK Geocoder API Output 3-119

HK Geocoder API OutputThis table shows the input/output data layout for the HK Postal Geocoder.

HK Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data

Table 3.40 HK Geocoder Input and Output Data

Field

Po

siti

on

Len

gth

Description

Input Geographic Match Section (street_info — 200 bytes)

Filler 1 - 10 10 Reserved for future use

House_Number 11 - 18 8 House number

Street_Name 19 - 48 30 Street name

Building 49 - 78 30 Building name

Sub_Building 79 - 103 25 Type (APT)

Organization_Name 104 - 133 30 Organization name

Postal_City 134 - 163 30 Postal city

Area_Name 164 -193 30 Area name

Filler 194 - 199 6 Reserved for future use

Record_Type 200 1 Built record type

Output Geographic Match Section (return_info — 300 bytes)

Ret_Code 1 1 Return code – For values, see “HK Postal Geocoder Error Codes” on page 3-123.

House_Number 2 - 9 8 House number

Street_Name 10 - 39 30 Street name

Building 40 - 69 30 Building name

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-120 HK Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data

Sub_Building 70 - 84 15 Type (APT)

Sub_Building_Value 85 - 94 10 Value (1)

Postal_City 95 - 124 30 Postal city

Area_Name 125 - 154 30 Area name

Rec_Type 155 1 Record type

Deliver_Addr1 156 - 205 50 Output delivery address 1

Deliver_Addr2 206 - 255 50 Output delivery address 2

Delivery_Office 256 - 258 3 Delivery office code

Beat_Number 259 - 263 5 Delivery beat code

Postal_Code_Changed 264 1 Specifies whether the postal code has changed: Y=postal code changed; N=postal code not changed.

City_State_Changed 265 1 Specifies whether the city state has changed:Y=city state changed; N=city state not changed.

Street_Name_Changed 266 1 Specifies whether street name has changed:Y = street name changed.N = street name not changed.

Street_Components_Changed

267 1 Specifies if street components changed: Y=street components changed; N=street components not changed.

Fail_Level 268 1 Matched fail level

Building_Street 269 - 298 30 Street name of building

Filler 299 - 300 2 Reserved for future use

Table 3.40 HK Geocoder Input and Output Data (Continued)

Field

Po

siti

on

Len

gth

Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

HK Match Possibilities Data Area 3-121

HK Match Possibilities Data AreaThe following layout shows the fields that are included in the “details buffer”, of the HK Postal Geocoder.

HK DISPLAY_BASEDATA Parameter OptionsThis table explains the behavior of the HK Geocoder when attempting to match the input street name and components to the postal directory.

By using the DISPLAY_BASEDATA parameter with specific values, the possibility of getting a match can be improved. Also, possible matches can be returned to the calling program for evaluation.

Table 3.41 HK Match Possibilities Data Area

Field Position Length Description

Delivery_Office 1 - 3 3 Delivery office code

Beat_Number 4 - 8 5 Beat number

Street_Name 9 - 38 30 Street name

Building_Name 39 - 68 30 Building name

Parity 69 1 Parity

Lo_Number_Type 70 - 81 12 Low number type

Lo_Numb 82 - 86 5 Low number

Hi_Number_Type 87 - 98 12 Hi number type

Hi_Numb 99 - 103 5 Hi number

Area 104 - 106 3 Area

Building_Street 107 - 136 30 Street name of building

Filler 137 - 150 14 Reserved for future use

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-122 HK DISPLAY_BASEDATA Parameter Options

Table 3.42 HK Geocoder DISPLAY_BASEDATA Values

Val

ue

Display Action

N No display, apply the spelling algorithm as necessary on streets beginning with the same first character, with the exception of numeric types of streets. No population of the street name or details buffer is performed. Default; using any of the other values blanks out postal form.

4 No display and no spelling algorithm applied – the street must be an exact match. No population of the street name or details buffer is performed.

5 No display, apply the spelling algorithm to every street on the directory. No population of the street name or details buffer is performed.

Y Display the basedata (house number and components) to standard output, Apply the spelling algorithm as necessary on streets beginning with the same first character, with the exception of numeric types of streets and return this information.

6 Display the basedata (house number and components) to standard output.No spelling algorithm applied - the street must be an exact match and return this information.

7 Display the basedata (house number and components) to standard output.Apply the spelling algorithm to every street on the directory and return this information.

3 Return to the street_name_buffer and details_buffer the Level 2 (street name) and basedata (house number and components). Apply the spelling algorithm as necessary on streets beginning with the same first character with the exception of numeric types of streets.

A Return to the street_name_buffer and details_buffer the Level 2 (street name) and basedata (house number and components). No spelling algorithm applied. Street must be an exact match.

B Return to the street_name_buffer and details_buffer the Level 2 (street name) and basedata (house number and components).Apply the spelling algorithm to every street on the directory. Display to standard output only the street names from the directory

2 Display to standard output only the street names from the directory.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

HK Geocoder Error Codes 3-123

HK Geocoder Error Codes

The following error codes are all returned by the ret_code field in the HK Geocoder output geographic match section:

8 Display to standard output only the street names from the directory.No spelling algorithm applied. The street must be an exact match.

9 Display to standard output only the street names from the directory.Apply the spelling algorithm to every street on the directory.

Table 3.43 HK Postal Geocoder Error Codes

Val

ue

Error Message Description

0 No Error None

1 Matched Directory There is a match but must check the fail level code for more information.

2 Invalid Call Type ACTION must be either O, P, or C.

3 Insufficient Storage Available

Not enough free memory to run the Geocoder.

4 Level 2 Seek Error When performing street-level processing, Geocoder had trouble locating the area in HKBUL2 file defined by the postal finance code.

5 Base Data Seek Error

When performing street-level processing, the Geocoder had trouble locating the area in the file, HKBUBD, defined by the street.

6 Base Data Open Error

When performing street-level processing, could not open HKBUBD.

Table 3.42 HK Geocoder DISPLAY_BASEDATA Values

Val

ue

Display Action

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-124 HK Geocoder Error Codes

7 Level 1 Open Error When performing street-level processing, could not open HKBUL1.

8 Level 2 Open Error When performing street-level processing, could not open the HKBUL2.

9 Area decode open error

Could not open HKACITY file

Table 3.43 HK Postal Geocoder Error Codes

Val

ue

Error Message Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

IT Geocoder API Output 3-125

IT Geocoder API OutputThis table shows the input/output data layout for the IT Postal Geocoder.

IT Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data

Table 3.44 IT Postal Geocoder Input/Output Record Format

Field Length Position Description

Input Geographic Match Section (supplied by the Customer Data Parser)

postal_code 5 1–5 Postal Code; original post code from the input record.

state 2 6–7 State name, as identified by the Parser

postal_city 30 8–37 City name, as identified by the Parser.

street_name 40 38–77 Street name.

street_type 15 78–92 Type of street.

street_direction 10 93–102 Street direction.

house_number 10 103–112 House number; value following the street name.

sub_building 15 113–127 Unit type, within a building, such as Apt.

sub_building_value 10 128–137 Unit value, within a building, such as Apt# or Unit#.

commune 30 138–167 Commune name

building 30 168–197 Building or complex name

record_type 1 198 Built record type, specified as either:1=street record3=PO Box record4=error recordF=foreign recordE=pattern error—Unknown street pattern review group record.

filler 102 199–300 Reserved for future use.

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-126 IT Postal Geocoder Input and Output Data

Output Geographic Match Section (supplied by the IT Postal Geocoder)

ret_code 1 301 Postal Geocoder program execution status.

postal_code 5 302–306 Postal code value from the Postal Directory when there is a match to the street components; otherwise, the original input post code is returned.

state 2 307–308 State name, as identified by the Parser

postal_city 30 309–338 City name, as identified by the Parser.

street_name 40 338–378 Street name.

street_type 15 379–393 Type of street

street_direction 10 394–403 Street direction

house_number 10 404–413 House number; value following the street name.

sub_building 15 414–428 Unit type, within a building, such as Apt. or Unit.

sub_building_value 10 429–438 Unit value, within a building, such as Apt# or Unit#.

commune 30 439–468 Community name

building 30 469–498 Building or complex name

record_type 1 499 Built record type, specified as either:1=street record3=PO Box record4=error recordF=foreign recordE=pattern error—Unknown street pattern review group record.

Table 3.44 IT Postal Geocoder Input/Output Record Format

Field Length Position Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

IT Match Possibilities Data Area 3-127

IT Match Possibilities Data AreaThis layout shows fields that make up the “details buffer”, of the IT Geocoder.

deliver_addr 50 500–549 Reconstructed street address. Constructed from the geocoder returned street components to provide a usable mailing address.

postal_code_changed

1 550 Y – Flag indicating the postal code output is different from the input.

city_changed 1 551 Y – Flag indicating city name output is different from input.

street_name_changed

1 552 Y – Flag indicating street name output is different from input.

street_components_changed

1 553 Y – Flag indicating the street components output is different from the input.

fail_level 1 554 A numerical indicator of the accuracy of the match.

Table 3.45 IT Match Possibilities Data Area

Field Position Length Description

Street_Name 1 - 40 40 Street name

Hsno 41 - 48 8 Starting house # value on the directory.

PC 49 - 54 6 Postal code

Postal_City 55 - 84 30 Postal city

Fail_Level 85 1 Matched fail level. See ‘Output Geographic Match Section’ for values.

Filler 86 - 150 65 Reserved for future use.

Table 3.44 IT Postal Geocoder Input/Output Record Format

Field Length Position Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-128 IT DISPLAY_BASEDATA Parameter Options

IT DISPLAY_BASEDATA Parameter OptionsThis section explains the behavior of the IT Geocoder when attempting to match the input street name and components to the postal directory. By using these specific values, the possibility of getting a match can be improved or possible matches can be returned to the calling program for evaluation.

Table 3.46 IT Geocoder DISPLAY_BASEDATA Values

Value Display Action

N No display, apply spelling algorithm as necessary on streets beginning with the same first character, with the exception of numeric types of streets. No population of the street name or details buffer is performed. This is the default; using any of the other values blanks out postal form.

4 No display and no spelling algorithm applied – the street must be an exact match. No population of the street name or details buffer is performed.

5 No display, apply the spelling algorithm to every street on the directory. No population of the street name or details buffer is performed.

Y Display the basedata (house number and components) to standard output.Apply the spelling algorithm as necessary on streets beginning with the same first character, with the exception of numeric types of streets and return this information.

6 Display the basedata (house number and components) to standard output and return this information. No spelling algorithm applied – the street must be an exact match.

7 Display the basedata (house number and components) to standard output.Apply the spelling algorithm to every street on the directory and return this information.

3 Return to the street_name_buffer and details_buffer the Level 2 (street name) and basedata (house number and components) Apply the spelling algorithm as necessary on streets beginning with the same first character, with the exception of numeric types of streets.

A Return to the street_name_buffer and details_buffer the Level 2 (street name) and basedata (house number and components) No spelling algorithm applied. The street must be an exact match.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

IT Geocoder Error Codes 3-129

IT Geocoder Error Codes

The following error codes are all returned by the IT Geocoder.

B Return to the street_name_buffer and details_buffer the Level 2 (street name) and basedata (house number and components) Apply the spelling algorithm to every street on the directory. Display to standard output only the street names from the directory

2 Display to standard output only the street names from the directory

8 Display to standard output only the street names from the directory.No spelling algorithm applied. The street must be an exact match.

9 Display to standard output only the street names from the directory.Apply the spelling algorithm to every street on the directory.

Table 3.47 IT Geocoder Program Error Codes

Erro

r C

od

e

Error Message Description

0 No Error

1 Matched Directory There is a match but the user must check fail level code.

2 Invalid Call Type action must be either O, P, or C.

3 Insufficient Storage Available

Not enough free emory to run the Geocoder.

4 Level 2 Seek Error When performing street-level processing, the Geocoder had trouble locating the area in the file, ITBUL2.

5 Base Data Seek Error When performing street-level processing, Geocoder had trouble locating the area in the file, ITBUBD, defined by the street.

Table 3.46 IT Geocoder DISPLAY_BASEDATA Values

Value Display Action

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-130 IT Geocoder Error Codes

6 Base Data Open Error When performing street-level processing, could not open ITBUBD.

7 Level 1 Open Error When performing street-level processing, could not open ITBUL1.

8 Level 2 Open Error When performing street-level processing, the could not open the file, ITBUL2.

9 Auxiliary City Table Open Error

Geocoder could not open the file, ITACITY.

Table 3.47 IT Geocoder Program Error CodesE

rro

r C

od

e

Error Message Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

UK Geocoder API Output 3-131

UK Geocoder API OutputThis table shows the input/output data layout for the UK Postal Geocoder.

UK Geocoder Input/Output Data

Table 3.48 UK Geocoder Input and Output Data

Field

Po

siti

on

Len

gth

Description

Input Geographic Match Section (street_info — 235)

Postal_Code 1 - 8 8 Postal code

House_Number 9 - 18 10 House number

Thorough_Name 19 - 48 30 Thoroughfare name, direction

Thorough_Desc 49 - 63 15 Descriptor (type)

Dpndthorough_Name 64 - 93 30 Dependent thoroughfare name, direction

Dpndthorough_Desc 94 - 108 15 Dependent thoroughfare description (type)

Building 109 - 138 30 Building/house name

Sub_Building 139 - 168 30 Type and value; for example, Flat, Flat#.

Sub_Building_Value 169 - 178 10 Value only (1)

Organization_Name 179 - 208 30 Organization name

PoBox 209 - 214 6 Pobox number

CntyPtwnCd 215 - 224 10 County/post town code

Locl_Code 225 - 229 5 Trillium locality code

Ddlc_Code 230 - 234 5 Double-dependent locality code

Record_Type 235 1 Trillium–determined record type

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-132 UK Geocoder Input/Output Data

Output Geographic Match Section (return_info — 450)

Ret_Code 1 1 Return code. See “UK Geocoder Error Codes” on page 3-139.

Out_Postal_Out 2 - 5 4 Postal code outbound

Out_Postal_In 6 - 8 3 Postal code inbound

House_Number 9 - 18 10 House number

Thorough_Name 19 - 48 30 Thoroughfare name

Thorough_Desc 49 - 63 15 Descriptor (type)

Dpndthorough_Name 64 - 93 30 Dependent thoroughfare name

Dpndthorough_Desc 94 - 108 15 Descriptor (type)

Building 109 - 138 30 Building/house name

Sub_Building 139 - 168 30 Sub building; (e.g. Flat, Flat#)

Sub_Building_Value 169 - 178 10 Value only

Organization_Name 179 - 208 30 Organization name

PoBox 209 - 214 6 Pobox number

Cnty_Code 215 - 219 5 County code

Cnty_Name 220 - 249 30 County name

Ptwn_Code 250 - 254 5 Post town code

Ptwn_Name 255 - 284 30 Post town name

Locl_Code 285 - 289 5 Locality code

Locl_Name 290 - 319 30 Locality name

Table 3.48 UK Geocoder Input and Output Data (Continued)

Field

Po

siti

on

Len

gth

Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

UK Geocoder Input/Output Data 3-133

Ddlc_Code 320 - 324 5 Double dependent locality code

Ddlc_Name 325 - 354 30 Double dependent locality name

Delivery_Point 355 - 356 2 Delivery point suffix

Fail_Level 357 1 Matched fail level

Paf_Key 358 - 365 8 Key provided from PAF file

Organization_Key 366 - 373 8 Organization key provided from PAF file

Postcode_Type 374 1 Set to one of the following:L=Large userS=small user or street

Locality_Changed 375 1 Y = indicates geography component changed from original input

Postcode_Changed 376 1 Y = indicates postcode changed from original

St_Name_Changed 377 1 Y = indicates the thoroughfare name changed from original input

St_Part_Changed 378 1 Y = indicates the thoroughfare type changed from original input

Building_changed 379 1 Y = indicates the building name changed from original input.

Sub_building_changed

380 1 Y = indicates the sub-building name changed from original input.

organization_changed

381 1 Y = indicates the organization fields changed from original input.

Filler 382 - 450 69 Reserved for future use.

Table 3.48 UK Geocoder Input and Output Data (Continued)

Field

Po

siti

on

Len

gth

Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-134 UK Match Possibilities Data Area

UK Match Possibilities Data AreaThis layout shows the fields included in the “details buffer” of the UK Geocoder. The details buffer is 70,000 bytes to hold 200 possible matches. The buffer is available only in real-time implementations.

Table 3.49 UK Match Possibilities Data Area

Field Position Length Description

Postal_Out 1 - 4 4 Outbound post code

Postal_In 5 - 7 3 Inbound post code

Organization_Name 8 - 37 30 Organization name

Building 38 - 67 30 Building name

House_Number 68 - 75 8 Building number (hsno)

Thorough_Name 76 - 105 30 Thoroughfare name

Thorough_Desc 106 - 120

15 Thoroughfare descriptor

Dpndthorough_Name

121 - 150

30 Dependent thoroughfare name

Dpndthorough_Desc 151 - 165

15 Dependent thoroughfare descriptor

Sub_Building 166 - 195

30 Sub building name

Cnty_Name 196 - 225

30 County name

Ptwn_Name 226 - 255

30 Post town name

Locl_Name 256 - 285

30 Locality name

Ddlc_Name 286 - 315

30 Double dependent locality name

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

UK DISPLAY_BASEDATA Parameter Options 3-135

UK DISPLAY_BASEDATA Parameter OptionsThese values change how the Geocoder matches and formats returned data. Certain values specify how the Geocoder is used in terms of three options.

• Details indicator – controls the amount of data returned• Spell indicator – controls the street name matching• Format indicator – controls whether returned PAF data is combined with

parsed data.

Each indicator has a number of settings, which are described in the appropriate tables below. Each value corresponds to a different combination of Detail, Spelling and Format options. This table shows the options available through API calls to the UK Geocoder. These options offer increased functionality through the population of the street name and details buffers.

Delivery_Point_ Suffix

316 - 317

2 Delivery point suffix (DPS)

Paf_Key 318 - 325

8 Key provided from PAF file

Organization_Key 326 -333

8 Organization key provided from PAF file

Postcode_Type 334 1 Flag: Set to L=Large user, or S=Small user or street

Fail_level 335 1 Matches fail level

Source_index 336-341 6 Source index

Filler 342 - 350

9 Reserved for future use

Table 3.49 UK Match Possibilities Data Area (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-136 UK DISPLAY_BASEDATA Parameter Options

Parameter Syntax – DISPLAY_BASEDATA Pos.1, Pos. 2, Pos. 3, Pos. 4, Pos. 5, Pos. 6

Table 3.50 UK Geocoder DISPLAY_BASEDATA Values

Pos.

1

Pos.

2

Pos.

3

Pos.

4

Pos.

5

Pos.

6

Form

at

Spel

l

Det

ail

Display Action, Street Spelling Action

3 – – – – –B

len

d

Firs

t

Bu

ffer

Populate street name & details buffers with possible address records with Fail level 0, 4 and 5. Up to 200 possibilities. Com-bined return, first character street name spelling. Either “3” or “I” is recommended. This value populates the details buffer with a combination of parsed/geocoded fields.

M – – – – –

Ble

nd

Firs

t

Bu

ffer Populate details buffer only when more than one record with the

same house # input. Otherwise it is populated as value “3” (see above). Combined return, first character street name spelling.

I – – – – –

Exac

t

Firs

t

Bu

ffer

Populate street name and details buffer. Exact PAF return, first-character street name spelling. Either “I” or “3” is recom-mended. It populates the buffer with possible matches using PAF only data.

L – – – – –

Exac

t

Firs

t

Bu

ffer Populate details buffer when more than one record with the same

parsed house number. Otherwise it is populated as option I (see above). Exact PAF return, first-character street name spelling.

A – – – – –

Ble

nd

No

Bu

ffer Populate street name and details buffer, combined return, no

street name spelling

J – – – – –

Exac

t

No

Bu

ffer Populate street name and details buffer, exact PAF return, no

street name spelling

B – – – – –

Ble

nd

All

Bu

ffer Populate street name and details buffer, combined return, all

street names spelled

K – – – – –

Exac

t

All

Bu

ffer Populate street name and details buffer, exact PAF return, all

street names spelled

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

UK DISPLAY_BASEDATA Parameter Options 3-137

T – – – – –

Ble

nd

Firs

t

Bu

ffer Details buffer populated only when Fail level is 0, or with sub-

building records from Fail Level 5 matching

– 1 – – – – Business name matching - parsed business name must match PAF business name or Fail level 4 is returned (even if address components match).

2 Business name matching - no incoming business name on an address, but the PAF has an address with a business name - allow a match if all else matches.

– H – – – – Try harder matching - attempt to manipulate parsed fields to get a match to PAF records. Caution - may slow processing time.

– – 1 – – – Cautious switch - limits PAF matching to addresses with the same parsed outbound postcode (first portion of postal code). It forces failure when there are differences between inbound post-code data and street components (like street type.)

– – 2 – – – Extra cautious switch - implements tighter PAF matching; only an exact match of the parsed house # to the PAF record house # is allowed (e.g. 34 will not match 34B). Also, if an address has no parsed sub-building, but matches to a single exact house number PAF and range address, the exact address is chosen as primary return. Forces fail level 5.

– – – 1 – – Building name matching - parsed building name must match PAF building name or Fail level 4 returned (even if other components match).

– – – – 1 – A parsed house # (4) with many matching PAF records with the same house # (4) will not match to a single PAF range house # (1-5). Returns Fail level 5.

– – – – – 1 Compare parsed building name to PAF building field, then PAF orga-nization field on each PAF address record comparison.

Table 3.50 UK Geocoder DISPLAY_BASEDATA Values

Pos.

1

Pos.

2

Pos.

3

Pos.

4

Pos.

5

Pos.

6

Form

at

Spel

l

Det

ail

Display Action, Street Spelling Action

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-138 Format Indicator Values

Format Indicator Values

Spell Indicator Values

Details Indicator Values

Blend Blend of parsed field data and PAF data is populated into geocoder output area fields (useful for van-ity names not held on PAF like house names)

Exact Only data on PAF directory record is used to populate geocoder output area fields

First Spelling algorithm applied to PAF streets beginning with the same first letter as input street

No No spelling algorithm applied - PAF street must be an exact match to input street

All Every PAF street in parsed posttown is considered for matching

No No street name or details buffer population, nothing written to standard output

WriteAll Street name and details buffer data written to standard output

WriteStr Only street name buffer written to standard output

Buffer Street name and details buffers populated with records on PAF with same postal code or else get Fail level 0, 4 or 5, up to a maximum of 200 possibilities.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

UK Geocoder Error Codes 3-139

UK Geocoder Error CodesThe following error codes are all returned by the UK Geocoder.

Table 3.51 UK Geocoder Error Codes

Error Message Description

0 No Error

1 Matched Directory There is a match; user must check the fail level code for more information.

2 Invalid Call Type ACTION must be either O, P, or C.

3 Insufficient Storage Available Not enough memory to run the Geocoder.

4 Level 2 Seek Error When performing street-level processing, Geocoder had trouble locating the area in UKBUL2, defined by the postal finance code.

5 Base Data Seek Error When performing street-level processing, the Geocoder had trouble locating the area in the file, UKBUBD, defined by the street.

6 Base Data Open Error Street-level processing, could not open UKBUBD.

7 Level 1 Open Error Street-level processing, could not open UKBUL1.

8 Level 2 Open Error For street-level processing, could not open the file, UKBUL2.

9 Area decode open error Could not access area names.

A Level PI open error

B Level P open error

C Level P seek error

D CICS Memory Error (CICS Only)

E CICS Queue error (CICS only)

F Invalid DISPLAY_BASEDATA (CICS)

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-140 UK Geocoder Error Codes

O Bad open of EXTDAT_FNAME file

Building/organization name processing, bad open of UMEXDATA.

P Read error of EXTDAT_FNAME file

Building/organization name processing, read error of UMEXDATA.

Table 3.51 UK Geocoder Error Codes

Error Message Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

TG Geocoder API Output 3-141

TG Geocoder API OutputThis table lists the input/output record format of the Trillium Global Geocoder:

Table 3.52 TG Geocoder Input/Output Record Format

Field

Po

siti

on

Len

gth

Description

Input Geographic Match Section (street info – 600 bytes)

Tg_in_postal_code 1 15 Postal code identified by Parser.

Tg_in_state 16 30 State/Province name identified by Parser.

Tg_in_postal_city 46 30 City name identified by Parser.

Tg_in_house_number 76 15 House number identified by Parser.

Tg_in_street_name 91 50 Street name identified by Parser.

Tg_in_street_type 141 15 Street type identified by Parser.

Tg_in_street_dir 156 12 Street direction identified by Parser.

Tg_in_box_type 168 20 Box description.

Tg_in_box_number 188 10 Box number.

Tg_in_sub_building 198 20 First unit description identified by Parser.

Tg_in_sub_building_value

218 10 First unit number identified by Parser.

Tg_in_sub_building2 228 20 Second unit description identified by Parser.

Tg_in_sub_building2_value

248 10 Second unit number identified by Parser.

Tg_in_other 258 60 First building name or neighborhood identified by Parser.

Tg_in_other2 318 60 Second building name or neighborhood identified by Parser.

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-142 TG Geocoder API Output

Tg_in_busname 378 100 Business name identified by Parser.

Tg_in_state_code 478 5 State code identified by Parser.

Tg_in_city_code 483 5 City code identified by Parser.

Tg_in_box_ind 488 1 Box type indicator identified by Parser.

Tg_in_unit1_ind 489 1 First unit type indicator identified by Parser.

Tg_in_unit2_ind 490 1 Second unit type indicator Identified by Parser.

Tg_in_filler4 491 1 Reserved for expansion.

Tg_in_record_type 492 1 Record type identified by Parser. 1= street record, 3 = PO Box, 6 = PO Box & street, E = Pattern Error, F = foreign record

Tg_in_filler 493 108 Reserved for expansion.

Output Geographic Match Section (return info – 900 bytes)

Tg_out_ret_code 1 1 Return code. See “TG Geocoder Error Codes” on page 3-152.

Tg_out_postal_code 2 15 Postal code returned from Postal Geocoder.

Tg_out_state 17 30 Corrected Province/State name returned from Geocoder.

Tg_out_postal_city 47 50 Corrected city name returned from Postal Geocoder.

Tg_out_house_number 97 20 House number returned from Postal Geocoder.

Tg_out_street_name 117 100 Corrected street name returned from Geocoder.

Tg_out_street_type 217 15 Corrected street type returned from Postal Geocoder.

Tg_out_street_dir 232 12 Corrected street direction returned from Geocoder.

Table 3.52 TG Geocoder Input/Output Record Format

Field

Po

siti

on

Len

gth

Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

TG Geocoder API Output 3-143

Tg_out_sub_building 244 20 First unit description identified by Parser.

Tg_out_sub_building_value

264 10 First unit number returned from Postal Geocoder.

Tg_out_sub_building2 274 20 First unit description identified by Parser.

Tg_out_sub_building2_value

294 10 Second unit number returned from Postal Geocoder.

Tg_out_other 304 80 First neighborhood/building name returned from Geocoder.

Tg_out_other2 384 80 Second neighborhood/building name returned from Geocoder.

Tg_out_busname 464 100 Business name returned from Postal Geocoder.

Tg_out_box_ind 564 1 Box type returned from Postal Geocoder.

Tg_out_unit1_ind 565 1 First unit type returned from Postal Geocoder.

Tg_out_unit2_ind 566 1 Second unit type returned from Postal Geocoder.

Tgout_box_number 567 10 Return box number.

Tgout_unit1_number 577 10 Return unit 1 number.

Tgout_unit2_number 587 10 Return unit 2 number.

Tg_out_rec_type 597 1 Record type returned from TG Postal Geocoder.

Tg_out_delivery_addr 598 120 Re-constructed delivery address returned from TG Geocoder based on DELIVERY_TYPE parameter.

Tg_out_province_changed

718 1 Indicator for change made to province returned from Geocoder.

Table 3.52 TG Geocoder Input/Output Record Format

Field

Po

siti

on

Len

gth

Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-144 TG Geocoder API Output

Tg_out_city_changed 719 1 Indicator for change made to city returned from Geocoder.

Tg_out_street_name_changed

720 1 Indicator for change made to street name returned from Geocoder.

Tg_out_street_type_changed

721 1 Indicator for change made to street type returned from Geocoder.

Tg_out_street_direction_changed

722 1 Indicator for change made to street direction returned from Geocoder.

Tg_out_dwelling_1_changed

723 1 Indicates change made to primary dwelling returned from Geocoder.

Tg_out_dwelling_2_changed

724 1 Indicates change made to secondary dwelling returned from Geocoder.

Tg_out_neighborhood_1_changed

725 1 Indicates change made to neighborhood 1 returned from Geocoder.

Tg_out_neighborhood_2_changed

726 1 Indicates change made to neighborhood 2 returned from Geocoder.

Tg_out_business_name_changed

727 1 Indicates change made to business name returned from Geocoder.

Tg_out_postal_code_changed

728 1 Indicates change made to the postal code returned from Geocoder.

Tg_out_fail_level 729 1 Fail level identified by Postal Geocoder.

Tg_out_ext_key_1 730 15 External key returned. Used in linking to external tables.

Tg_out_ext_key_2 745 15 External key returned. Used in linking to external tables.

Tg_out_ext_key_3 760 15 External key returned. Used in linking to external tables.

Table 3.52 TG Geocoder Input/Output Record Format

Field

Po

siti

on

Len

gth

Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

TG Geocoder DISPLAY_BASEDATA Parameter Options 3-145

TG Geocoder DISPLAY_BASEDATA Parameter OptionsThis table describes behavior of the TG Geocoder when attempting to match the input street name and components to the postal directory. The DISPLAY_BASEDATA parameter gives the possibility of getting a match which can be improved. Matches can also be returned to the API program for evaluation.

Format: DISPLAY_BASEDATA ab a – Value 1, b – Value 2

Tg_out_box_no 775 10 Box number return

Tg_out_hsno 785 15 House number return

Tg_out_unit1_no 800 10 Unit1 number return

Tg_out_unit2_no 810 10 Unit2 number return

Tg_out_filler 820 81 Reserved for future use.

Table 3.53 TG Postal Geocoder DISPLAY_BASEDATA Values

Val

ue

1 Description

N No display. Apply the spelling algorithm as necessary on streets beginning with the same first character, with the exception of numeric types of streets. No population of the street name or details buffer is performed. This is the default.

4 No display and no spelling algorithm applied – the street must be an exact match. No population of the street name or details buffer is performed.

5 No display, apply the spelling algorithm to every street on the directory. No population of the street name or details buffer is performed.

Table 3.52 TG Geocoder Input/Output Record Format

Field

Po

siti

on

Len

gth

Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-146 TG Geocoder DISPLAY_BASEDATA Parameter Options

Y Display the basedata (house number and components) to standard output.Apply the spelling algorithm as necessary on streets beginning with the same first character, with the exception of numeric types of streets and return this information.

6 Display the basedata (house number and components) to standard output.No spelling algorithm applied – the street must be an exact match and return this information.

7 Display the basedata (house number and components) to standard output. Apply the spelling algorithm to every street on the directory and return this information.

3 Return to the street_name_buffer and details_buffer the Level 2 (street name) and basedata (house number and components). Apply the spelling algorithm as necessary on streets beginning with the same first character, with the exception of numeric types of streets.

A Return to the street_name_buffer and details_buffer the Level 2 (street name) and basedata (house number and components).No spelling algorithm applied. The street must be an exact match.

B Return to the street_name_buffer and details_buffer the Level 2 (street name) and basedata (house # and components). Apply the spelling algorithm to every street on the directory.

2 Display to standard output only the street names from the directory. Apply the spelling algorithm as necessary on streets beginning with the same first character, with the exception of numeric types of streets.

8 Display to standard output only the street names from the directory.No spelling algorithm applied. The street must be an exact match.

9 Display to standard output only the street names from the directory.Apply the spelling algorithm to every street on the directory.

Table 3.53 TG Postal Geocoder DISPLAY_BASEDATA Values

Val

ue

1 Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Using a Translation File with the DISPLAY_BASEDATA Parameter 3-147

Using a Translation File with the DISPLAY_BASEDATA ParameterThe ‘T’ option allows for a translation matrix file to be used in the program. The Geocoder uses this file to remove accents from the data it compares.

To implement the translation file, the second character must be a capital ‘T’. This is followed by a string which holds the name of the file where the translation matrix is located.

It must follow the first byte which is already used. The first character is pretty much ignored for the purposes of the translation file (N, 4, 5, 9).

Table 3.54 TG Geocoder DISPLAY_BASEDATA Values (Value 2)

Value 2 Description

T Allows for a translation matrix file to use in the program. The TG Geocoder uses this file to remove accents from the data it compares.

This option ignores the first value, and only looks for the translation matrix file. The details and street buffers are not available with this option.

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-148 LEVEL_MATCHING parameter values

LEVEL_MATCHING parameter valuesThis is a list of all values used with the LEVEL_MATCHING parameter.

Table 3.55 LEVEL_MATCHING Parameter Values

Pos. Mex

ico

Bra

zil

Spai

n

Fran

ce

Net

herla

nds

Sing

apor

e

Port

ugal

Bel

gium

Mal

aysi

a

Italy

Switz

erla

nd

1 Street match indicator

0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

2 Dwelling match indicator

0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0

3 Neighborhood match indicator

1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1

4 Province match indicator

1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0

5 Business name match

0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0

6 Street type match 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1

7 Street direction match

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

8 Postal Code match

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

9 Acceptance score 98 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93

10 Street name score passing level

90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90

11 Neighborhood score passing level

95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

TG Geocoder Match Possibilities Data Area 3-149

TG Geocoder Match Possibilities Data AreaThese fields make up the layout of the “details buffer” for the TG Geocoder.

12 Business name score passing level

95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95

13 Post code length indicator

5 5 5 5 6 5 7 4 5 5 4

14 Directory version 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

15 Address priority 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0

16 Directory style 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

17 Delivery type 1 1 1 2 1 0 1 1 1 0 0

18 DISPLAY_BASEDATA

0

Table 3.56 TG Geocoder Match Possibilities Data Area

Field Position Length Description

Street_name 1 100 Street name.

Street_type 101 15 Street type. For example, Ave., Rd., and so on. Appropriate abbreviations are used.

Street_Dir 116 12 Street direction. Street directional that follows the street name. Common letter designations like N, SW, and so on

FromHsNo 128 15 Starting house # value on postal directory.

Table 3.55 LEVEL_MATCHING Parameter Values

Pos. Mex

ico

Bra

zil

Spai

n

Fran

ce

Net

herla

nds

Sing

apor

e

Port

ugal

Bel

gium

Mal

aysi

a

Italy

Switz

erla

nd

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-150 TG Geocoder Match Possibilities Data Area

ToHsno 143 15 Ending house # value on the directory.

PC 158 15 Postal code

State 173 30 State Name

Postal_City 203 50 City Name

Fail_Level 253 1 The matched Fail Level returned for TG geocoder

Box_Low 254 10 First Box number or letter associated with street or neighborhood postal entry.

Box_High 264 10 Last Box number or letter associated with a street or neighborhood postal entry.

Unit 274 20 Primary dwelling (Apt., flat, suite etc.) identification number.

Unit_Low 294 10 Starting unit number associated with unit range

Unit_High 304 10 Ending unit number; last unit number associated with unit range

Unit2 314 20 Secondary unit number associated with dwelling (Apt., flat or suite).

Unit2_Low 334 10 Starting secondary unit number associated with unit range

Unit2_High 344 10 Ending secondary unit number; last number associated with unit range

Other 354 80 Primary Neighborhood information. (Country Specific)

Other2 434 80 Secondary neighborhood information. (Country Specific)

Busname 514 100 Business Name, if matched to specific postal entry (sometimes used for large scale addressees) (Country Specific)

Table 3.56 TG Geocoder Match Possibilities Data Area (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

TG Geocoder Match Possibilities Data Area 3-151

Box_Ind 614 1 Box Type identification.

B= BoxA = ApartmentS= Suite, etc.

Unit1_Ind 615 1 Primary Unit Type identification.

A = ApartmentS = Suite, etc.

Unit2_Ind 616 1 Secondary Unit Type identification

External_1 617 15 Additional data associated with postal entry. Country specific (if applicable)

External_2 632 15 Additional data associated with postal entry. Country specific (if applicable)

External_3 647 15 Additional data associated with postal entry. Country specific (if applicable)

Boxno_Std 662 10 Box number returned with a match to postal entry

Hsno_Std 672 15 House number returned with a match to postal entry

Unit1No_Std 687 10 Primary dwelling number returned with match to postal entry

Unit2No_Std 697 10 Secondary dwelling number returned with match to postal entry

Filler 707 94 Filler

Table 3.56 TG Geocoder Match Possibilities Data Area (Continued)

Field Position Length Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-152 TG Geocoder Error Codes

TG Geocoder Error Codes

The following error codes are all returned by the Trillium Global Geocoder.

Table 3.57 TG Geocoder Error Codes

Val

ue

Error Message

0 No Error

1 Matched Directory – there is a match but the user must check the fail level code for more information.

2 Invalid Call Type – ACTION must be either O, P, or C.

3 Insufficient Storage Available – not enough memory to run the Geocoder.

4 Level 2 Seek Error – when performing street-level processing, the Geocoder had trouble locating the area in the file, TGBUL2, defined by the postal finance code.

5 Base Data Seek Error – when performing street-level processing, the Geocoder had trouble locating the area in the file, TGBUBD, defined by the street.

6 Base Data Open Error – when performing street-level processing, the Geocoder could not open the file, TGBUBD.

7 Level 1 Open Error – when performing street-level processing, Geocoder could not open file, TGBUL1.

8 Level 2 Open Error – when performing street-level processing, Geocoder could not open file, TGBUL2.

9 Auxiliary city table open error.

A Bad open on CSTATE TGMATCH – could not open CSTATE file

B No records on Level 1 file for directory version – Invalid directory version entered.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Matcher Functions – Error Codes 3-153

Matcher Functions – Error CodesThe following error codes are all returned from the Matcher programs.

Add Records

The following error codes are returned by the Add Records Matcher function.

Clear WindowThe following error codes are returned by the Clear Window Matcher function.

Table 3.58 Error Codes from Add Records

Value Description

0 No errors detected.

1 No prior initialization.

2 Invalid window type specified.

3 Insufficient memory for adding to window.

Table 3.59 Error Codes from Clear Window

Value Description

0 No errors detected.

1 No prior initialization.

2 Invalid window type specified.

3 Attempting to clear empty window.

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-154 Create Common

Create CommonThe following error codes are returned by the Create Common Matcher function.

End MatcherThe following error codes are all returned by the End Matcher function.

Table 3.60 Error Codes from Create Common

Value Description

0 No errors detected.

1 No prior initialization.

2 Invalid window type specified.

3 Insufficient memory.

Table 3.61 Error Codes from End Matcher

Value Description

0 No errors detected.

1 No prior initialization.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Initialize Matcher 3-155

Initialize Matcher

The following error codes are all returned by the Initialize Matcher Matcher function.

Match Candidate

The following error codes are all returned by the Match Candidate Matcher function.

Table 3.62 Error Codes from Initialize Matcher

Value Description

0 No errors detected.

1 Insufficient memory for initialization.

2 Bad open of statistics file.

3 Bad open of links file.

Table 3.63 Error Codes from Match Candidate

Value Description

0 No errors detected.

1 No prior initialization.

2 Invalid window type specified.

3 Attempting to match against empty window.

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-156 Match Window

Match Window

The following error codes are returned by the Match Window Matcher function.

Number of Reference Matches

The following error codes are returned by the Number of Reference Matches Matcher function.

Table 3.64 Error Codes from Match Window

Value Description

0 No errors detected.

1 No prior initialization.

2 Invalid window type specified.

3 Attempting to match against empty window.

Table 3.65 Error Codes from Number of Reference Matches

Value Description

0 No errors detected

1 No prior initialization

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Number of Reference Suspects 3-157

Number of Reference Suspects

The following error codes are all returned by the Number of Reference Suspect Matches Matcher function.

Obtain Reference Match

The following error codes are all returned by the Obtain Reference Match Matcher function.

Table 3.66 Error Codes from Number of Reference Suspects

Value Description

0 No errors detected

1 No prior initialization

Table 3.67 Error Codes from Obtain Reference Match

Value Description

0 No errors detected.

1 No prior initialization.

2 Invalid window type specified.

3 No records in window.

4 Specified record number out of range.

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-158 Obtain Reference Suspect

Obtain Reference SuspectThe following error codes are all returned by the Obtain Reference Suspect Matcher function.

Process Parameters

The following error codes are all returned by the Process Parameters Matcher function.

Table 3.68 Error Codes from Obtain Reference Suspect

Value Description

0 No errors detected.

1 No prior initialization.

2 Invalid window type specified.

3 No records in window.

4 Specified record number out of range.

Table 3.69 Error Codes for Process Parameters

Value Description

0 No errors detected.

1 No prior initialization.

2 No parameter file name specified.

3 Could not open the parameter file.

4 Invalid field position.

5 Invalid field length.

6 Spaces needed to delimit parameter file entries.

7 No threshold scores specified. Not applicable for parmtype ‘0.’

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Process Parameters 3-159

8 No field names or field positions and lengths specified.

9 No comparison routine names specified. Not applicable for parmtype ‘0.’

A (10) Insufficient memory for constructing internal list.

B (11) Unknown propagation routine specified.

C (12) Bad match score threshold value.

D (13) Unknown comparison routine specified.

E (14) Field positions couldn’t be retrieved from dictionary.

F (15) For parmtypes 0,1, 2, 3, and 7: Missing beginning parenthesis.For parmtypes 4,5, and 6: Invalid pattern category specified in grade pattern list.Exceeds record length 80

G (16) For parmtypes 0,1, 2, 3, and 7: Missing comma/ending parenthesis.For parmtypes 4, 5, and 6: No field list specified prior to grade pattern list.

H (17) For parmtypes 0,1, 2, 3, and 7: Unknown keyword in parameter entry.For parmtypes 4, 5, and 6: Invalid pattern identified in grade pattern list.

I (18) For parmtypes 0,1, 2, 3, and 7: Comparison routine name too long. For parmtypes 4, 5, and 6: Bad (non ABCDEF) character in pattern grade string.

J (19) Target and source must be the same length

K (20) Invalid routines name found.

L (21) Invalid parmval found.

M (22) Invalid parmval for routine.

N Excess number of fields (greater than 50) in match fields

Table 3.69 Error Codes for Process Parameters (Continued)

Value Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-160 Sort Window

Retrieve Records

The following error codes are all returned by the Retrieve Records Matcher function.

Sort WindowThe following error codes are all returned by the Sort Window Matcher function.

Table 3.70 Error Codes from Retrieve_Records

Value Description

0 No errors detected.

1 No prior initialization.

2 Invalid window type specified.

3 Attempting to retrieve from empty window.

4 Specified window member out of range.

Table 3.71 Error Codes from Sort Window

Value Description

0 No errors detected.

1 No prior initialization.

2 Invalid window type specified.

3 Attempting to sort empty window.

4 Invalid sort order specified.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Universal Cleansing Adapter API Error Codes 3-161

Universal Cleansing Adapter API Error CodesThis table describes the codes that can be returned from the Universal Cleansing Adapter (UCA) API program.

Table 3.72 Universal Cleansing Adapter (UCA) Error Codes

Value Description

0 No error.

1 Null pointer returned on "new". Occurs anywhere.

2 Invalid operation.

4 Invalid state.

8 Error loading the DLL.

16 Invalid entry point.

32 Field not found.

33 Geocoder failed. Check fail level. Occurs on Process.

64 Unsupported country.

128 Error not implemented.

00XX Converter did not open. The Converter return code is added to this number. Occurs on Open. Some examples:0033 = Converter file not found.0031 = Parameter processing error.

10XX* Parser did not open. The pr_return value is added to this number. Occurs on Open.

20XX Parser process error; the pr_return value is added to this number. Occurs on Process.

30XX Parser did not close; pr_return value is added to this number. Occurs on Close.

40XX Geocoder did not open; the ret_code value is added to this number. Occurs on Open.

4001 Requested geocoder could not open. Occurs on Open.

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-162 Universal Cleansing Adapter API Error Codes

The XX portion of the Error Code corresponds to a particular return code. For example, if you get "1050", the decimal number "50" is equivalent to an ASCII number 2 which translates into parser initialization error (where Parser cannot access or find Parser tables).

US Postal Geocoder return codes appear in the section “US Postal Geocoder Error Codes” on page 3-65.

50XX Geocode failed; ret_code value is added to this number. Occurs on Open and/or Process.

60XX Geocoder did not close; ret_code value is added to this number. Occurs on Close.

70XX Router did not open; Router return code is added to this number. Occurs on Open.

80XX Router did not process; Router return code is added to this number. Occurs on Process.

90XX Router did not close; Router return code is added to this number. Occurs on Close.

100XX Data Reconstructor did not open; Reconstructor return code is added to this number. Occurs on Open.

110XX Data Reconstructor did not process; Reconstructor return code is added to this number. Occurs on Process.

120XX Data Reconstructor did not close; Reconstructor return code is added to this number. Occurs on Close.

130XX DPV did not open; DPV return code is added to this number. Occurs on Open.

140XX DPV did not process; DPV return code is added to this number. Occurs on Process.

150XX DPV did not close; DPV return code is added to this number. Occurs on Close.

Table 3.72 Universal Cleansing Adapter (UCA) Error Codes (Continued)

Value Description

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

XML Function Error Codes 3-163

XML Function Error CodesThese error codes are all displayed from the individual XML functions.

XML Converter Error Codes

These error codes can all be returned from the XML Converter function.

Table 3.73 XML Converter Error Codes

Value Description

0 No error. XML Converter is functioning properly.

1 – 17 DDL/Parm file entry missing or error reading it.

29 Unable to allocate memory for the control block.

30 Unable to open the log file.

31 Missing the XML_RECORD_ELEMENT parameter.

32 Either the XML_TO_FIX_TAGS parameter or the FIX_TO_XML_TAGS parameter must be specified.

33 Error opening data dictionary.

34 A field is not defined in the DDL.

35 Unable to allocate memory for the XML record.

36 Invalid element name.

101 No prior initialization. Need to call openXMLConverter first.

110 Missing the XML_TO_FIX_TAGS parameter.

114 Missing end tag for XML element in the XML record.

121 Internal error; not enough space for element.

122 Cannot find XML element name in the XML record.

201 Missing the FIX_TO_XML_TAGS parameter.

202 The XML record buffer has not been allocated.

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-164 XML Converter Error Codes

XMLinit

These error codes can all be returned from the XMLinit function.

Table 3.74 XMLinit Error Codes

Value Description

0 No error.

1 Missing parameter file name.

2 Cannot open the parameter file.

3 Cannot open the parameter echo file.

4 Invalid parameter name found in the file.

5 Unknown command line parameter.

6 Duplicate parameter name found in file.

7 Invalid format for override parameter.

8 Invalid format for parameter in source program.

9 Parameter value was expected to be numeric.

10 Missing override value.

11 No ending quote.

12 Insufficient memory for a parameter entry

13 Insufficient memory for parameter value of type string.

14 Insufficient memory for parameter value of type long.

15 Insufficient memory for parameter value of type double.

16 Extraneous parenthesis found.

29 Insufficient memory for the control block.

30 Cannot open the log file.

31 Missing the XML_RECORD_ELEMENT parameter.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

XML2fix 3-165

XML2fixThese error codes can all be returned from the XML2fix function

32 Either the XML_TO_FIX_TAGS parameter or the FIX_TO_XML_TAGS parameter must be specified.

33 Error opening data dictionary.

34 A field is not defined in the DDL.

35 Insufficient memory for the XML record.

Table 3.75 XML2fix Error Codes

Value Description

0 No error.

101 Two possible errors: 1–No prior initialization; must call xmlinit first; or2–Initialization failed; check the return code for xmlinit.

110 Missing the XML_TO_FIX_TAGS parameter.

114 Missing end tag for XML element in the record.

121 Internal error: not enough space for element.

122 Cannot find XML element name in the XML record.

Table 3.74 XMLinit Error Codes

Value Description

Trillium Software System Return Data & Output Tables

3-166 Fix2XML

Fix2XMLThese error codes can all be returned from the Fix2XML function

Table 3.76 Fix2XML Error Codes

Value Description

0 No error.

101 Two possible errors: 1–No prior initialization; must call xmlinit first; or2–Initialization failed; check the return code for xmlinit.

102 XML buffer has not been allocated.

201 Missing the FIX_TO_XML_TAGS parameter.

202 XML buffer has not been allocated.

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Index I-1

IndexAACTION parameter (on C) 2-6Add Record Function parameters

COBOL on IBM Mainframe 2-108API calls

on IBM Mainframe 2-1API calls (COBOL on IBM Mainframe) 2-2API Load Modules and Entry Points

(COBOL on IBM Mainframe) 2-2AU Geocoder

Calling from a COBOL Program 2-67

AU Postal GeocoderAU#AMAT function 2-67AU#MTCI function 2-67calling from COBOL 2-67Display BaseData Parameter

Options 3-109Input and Output Data Layout

3-103Match Possibilities Data Area 3-106Program Error Messages 3-110

Bba_category field 3-33ba_comprehension field 3-33ba_confidence field 3-33ba_data_present_user1 field 3-34ba_filler_01 field 3-34ba_filler_02 field 3-34ba_filler_03 field 3-34ba_global_review_codes field 3-33ba_line field 3-34ba_line_rules field 3-33ba_line_type field 3-34ba_misc_addr field 3-34ba_misc_review_codes field 3-33ba_orig_linepat field 3-33

ba_pattern field 3-34ba_return field 3-33, 3-35ba_rev_group field 3-34ba_user1 field 3-34ba_user1_display field 3-34Batch COBOL calls on IBM Mainframe 2-2BPREPOS output table 3-33Business Data Parser

Calling from COBOL 2-13GA#PRSI function 2-13Repository Output Record Format

3-33return codes 3-35

CCA Geocoder

Input/Output Record Format 3-88CA Postal Geocoder

CA#AMAT function 2-62CA#MTCI function 2-62calling from COBOL 2-62Display BaseData Values 3-100Match Possibilities Data Area 3-96

call typesdefining 2-9, 2-54, 2-58

Calling 2-76CASS API 2-21

Working Storage Code 2-27Centroid Geocoder 2-58CFRECONS

Return Codes 3-37Clear Window function parameters

COBOL on IBM Mainframe 2-109COBOL

calling the Investigator with 2-7COBOL calls

to Business Data Parser 2-13to Customer Data Parser 2-11to Data Reconstructor 2-102to US Postal Geocoder 2-17

Converter

Index

I-2 Index

Calling from a COBOL Program 2-9COBOL CF#CONI function 2-9Error Codes 3-2

Create Common function parametersCOBOL on IBM Mainframe 2-110

Create Window Keycalling from COBOL 2-100CF#WKEY function 2-100

Create Window Key function parametersCOBOL on IBM Mainframe 2-101

Create Window Key Function Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe) 2-101

Create Window Key Programparameters for (COBOL on IBM

Mainframe) 2-101Customer Data Parser

Calling from a COBOL Program 2-11

PA#PRSI 2-11Repository Output Record Format

3-3Sample COBOL JCL 2-12

Customer Data Parser output 3-3

DData Reconstructor

Calling from a COBOL Program 2-102

Compiler Error Messages 3-38Error Codes 3-37RC#MULTI 2-102

Data Reconstructor compilererror messages from 3-38

Data Reconstructor Compiler error messages 3-39

Data Reconstructor error codes 3-37Data Reconstructor parameters

COBOL on IBM Mainframe 2-103DE Add Mat function parameters

COBOL on IBM Mainframe 2-71

DE GeocoderCalling from COBOL 2-71Program Error Messages 3-118

DE Postal GeocoderDisplay BaseData Values 3-116Error Codes 3-118Input and Output Data Layout

3-112Input/Output Record Format 3-112Match Possibilities Data Area 3-115

DE Postal Geocoder Add Mat Function Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe) 2-71

DE Postal Geocoder parametersCOBOL on IBM Mainframe 2-73

DE Postal Geocoder Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe 2-73

EEnd Matcher function parameters

COBOL on IBM Mainframe 2-111Error codes

for Add_Record 3-153for Clear_Window 3-153for Create_Common 3-154for End_Matcher 3-154for Match_Candidate 3-155for Match_Window 3-156for Process_Parameters 3-158-

3-159for Retrieve_Record 3-160for Sort_Window 3-160

error codesfor Data Reconstructor 3-37from Window Key Generator 3-44LACSLink, DPV, SuiteLink 3-56

error messagesfrom Data Reconstructor Compiler

3-39

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Index I-3

FFederal Information Processing

Standards, see FIPS 3-85

GGlobal Data Router

calling from COBOL 2-15return codes 3-36RT#ROUT 2-15

HHK Geocoder

Calling from COBOL 2-76HK#MTCI function 2-77

HK Postal GeocoderDisplay BaseData Values 3-121Error Messages 3-123HK#AMAT Function 2-76Input and Output Data Layout

3-119Input/Output Data Format 3-119Match Possibilities Data Area 3-121

HK Postal Geocoder parametersCOBOL on IBM Mainframe 2-78

HK Postal Geocoder Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe) 2-78

HK Postal Geocoder Program Error Messages 3-123

HK_Postal GeocoderAdd Mat Function parameters

COBOL on IBM Mainframe 2-76

IInitialize Matcher function 2-111input name and address (INA) 2-11Interpolated Geocoder 2-58Interpolated Plus Geocoder 2-58Investigator

Calling from a COBOL Program 2-7CFINVESI function 2-7

Error Codes 3-2Investigator output 3-2Investigator parameters

COBOL on IBM Mainframe 2-8Investigator parameters (COBOL on IBM

Mainframe) 2-8IP#MTCI call 2-58IT Add Mat function parameters

COBOL on IBM Mainframe 2-81IT Postal Geocode API

COBOL 2-81IT Postal Geocoder Add Mat Function

Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe) 2-81

IT Postal Geocoder APIDisplay BaseData Values 3-128Error Codes 3-129Input/Output Record Format 3-125Match Possibilities 3-127Match Possibilities Data Area 3-127Output 3-125Program Error Messages 3-129

IT Postal Geocoder parametersCOBOL on IBM Mainframe 2-83

IT Postal Geocoder Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe) 2-83

MM#ADDREC function (COBOL on IBM

Mainframe) 2-105, 2-107M#CLEARW function (COBOL on IBM

Mainframe) 2-106, 2-107M#CMATCH function (COBOL on IBM

Mainframe) 2-105M#COMMON function (COBOL on IBM

Mainframe) 2-107M#ENDMAT function (COBOL on IBM

Mainframe) 2-106, 2-107M#GETMAT function 2-117M#GETMAT function (COBOL on IBM

Mainframe) 2-105

Index

I-4 Index

M#GETSUS function 2-106, 2-118M#INITMR function 2-106M#INITMR function (COBOL on IBM

Mainframe) 2-105M#NUMMAT function 2-115, 2-116M#NUMMAT function (COBOL on IBM

Mainframe) 2-105M#NUMSUS function 2-106M#PARAMS function 2-106, 2-119M#PARAMS function (COBOL on IBM

Mainframe) 2-105M#RETRVR function 2-121M#RETRVR function (COBOL on IBM

Mainframe) 2-107M#SORTWN function 2-122M#SORTWN function (COBOL on IBM

Mainframe) 2-107M#WMATCH function (COBOL on IBM

Mainframe) 2-107Match Candidate (Reference Match)

functionfor COBOL 2-113

Match Candidate function parametersCOBOL on IBM Mainframe 2-113

Match PossibilitiesRecord Format 3-96, 3-106, 3-115,

3-121Match Possibilities Data Area 3-59, 3-149

record format 3-59, 3-149Match Window (Window Match) Function

2-114Match Window (Window Match) function

for COBOL 2-114Matcher

Add Record functionError Codes 3-153on COBOL 2-107

Calling from COBOL 2-104Clear Window function

Error Codes 3-153on COBOL 2-108

Create Common functionError Codes 3-154

Create Common function (COBOL) 2-109

End Matcher functionError Codes 3-154

End Matcher function (COBOL) 2-110

Initialize Matcher functionError Codes 3-155

Initialize Matcher function (COBOL) 2-111

Match Candidate functionError Codes 3-155

Match Candidate function (COBOL) 2-113

Match Window functionError Codes 3-156

Match Window function (COBOL) 2-114

Number of Reference Matches function

Error Codes 3-156Number of Reference Matches

function (COBOL) 2-115Number of Reference Suspects

functionError Codes 3-157

Number of Suspect Matches function (COBOL) 2-116

Obtain Reference Match functionError Codes 3-157

Obtain Reference Match function (COBOL) 2-117

Obtain Reference Suspect Match function (COBOL) 2-118

Obtain Reference Suspects function

Error Codes 3-158

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Index I-5

Process Parameters functionError Codes 3-158

Process Parameters function (COBOL) 2-119

Reference matching mode 2-104Retrieve Records function

(COBOL) 2-121Sort Window function

Error Codes 3-160Sort Window function (COBOL)

2-122Window Matching mode 2-106

NNumber of Reference Matches function

parametersCOBOL on IBM Mainframe 2-115

Number of Suspect Matches function parameters

COBOL on IBM Mainframe 2-116

OObtain Reference Match function (C on

UNIX) 2-105Obtain Reference Match function

parametersCOBOL on IBM Mainframe 2-117

Obtain Reference Suspect Match function parameters

COBOL on IBM Mainframe 2-118output

from Customer Data Parser 3-3from Investigator 3-2

output tablesfrom Window Key Generator 3-44

PPARM-TYPE

possible values for 2-120PM#CASS function 2-21PR_BEST_NUMBER field 3-19

PR_BEST_ST_TL field 3-19PR_BOX_MASK field 3-13PR_BOX_NAME field 3-13PR_BOX_NAME_DISPLAY field 3-13PR_BOX_NBR field 3-13PR_BOX_TYPE field 3-13PR_CATEGORY field 3-9PR_CITY_LNAME_DIR field 3-21PR_CITY_NAME field 3-20PR_CITY_NAME_DISPLAY field 3-20PR_CITY_NUMBER field 3-20PR_CITY_STATUS field 3-20PR_COMPLEX1_NAME field 3-14PR_COMPLEX1_NAME_DISPLAY field 3-14PR_COMPLEX1_TYPE field 3-14PR_COMPLEX1_TYPE_DISPLAY field 3-14PR_COMPLEX2_NAME field 3-14PR_COMPLEX2_NAME_DISPLAY field 3-14PR_COMPLEX2_TYPE field 3-15PR_COMPLEX2_TYPE_DISPLAY field 3-15PR_COMPLEX3_NAME field 3-15PR_COMPLEX3_NAME_DISPLAY field 3-15PR_COMPLEX3_TYPE field 3-15PR_COMPLEX3_TYPE_DISPLAY field 3-15PR_COMPREHENSION field 3-3PR_CONFIDENCE field 3-3PR_COUNTRY_NAME field 3-19PR_COUNTRY_NAME_DISPLAY field 3-19PR_DWEL1_MASK field 3-16PR_DWEL1_NAME field 3-16PR_DWEL1_NAME_DISPLAY field 3-16PR_DWEL1_NBR field 3-16PR_DWEL1_TYPE field 3-16PR_DWEL2_MASK field 3-17PR_DWEL2_NAME field 3-17PR_DWEL2_NAME_DISPLAY field 3-17PR_DWEL2_NBR field 3-17PR_DWEL2_TYPE field 3-17PR_DWEL3_MASK field 3-18PR_DWEL3_NAME field 3-18PR_DWEL3_NAME_DISPLAY field 3-18PR_DWEL3_NBR field 3-18

Index

I-6 Index

PR_DWEL3_TYPE field 3-18PR_GEOCD_A field 3-22PR_GEOCD_B field 3-22PR_GEOG_REVIEW_CODES field 3-8PR_GLOBAL_REVIEW_CODES field 3-9PR_HSE_MASK field 3-11PR_HSE_NBR field 3-11PR_HSE_NBR_DISPLAY field 3-11PR_HSE_TYPE field 3-11PR_LINE_RULES field 3-5PR_MISC_ADDR field 3-19PR_MISC_REVIEW_CODES field 3-8pr_name_sect 3-27PR_NAME_TYPES field 3-9PR_NEIGH1_NAME field 3-20PR_NEIGH1_NAME_DISPLAY field 3-20PR_NEIGH2_NAME field 3-20PR_NEIGH2_NAME_DISPLAY field 3-20PR_NUMBER_OF_NAMES field 3-9PR_ORIG_LINEPAT field 3-3PR_POST_OFFICE_CODE field 3-22PR_POStal_CODE field 3-21PR_POSTAL_CODE_DIR field 3-21PR_POSTAL_CODE_MASK field 3-21PR_POSTAL_CODE_MASK_DIR field 3-21PR_POSTAL_CODE_TYPE field 3-21PR_POSTAL_CODE_TYPE_DIR field 3-22PR_PR_ST_DIR field 3-12PR_PR_ST_DIR_DISPLAY field 3-12PR_REV_GROUP field 3-9PR_RTE_MASK field 3-13PR_RTE_NAME field 3-12PR_RTE_NAME_DISPLAY field 3-12PR_RTE_NBR field 3-12PR_RTE_TYPE field 3-13PR_SC_ST_DIR field 3-12PR_SC_ST_DIR_DISPLAY field 3-12PR_ST_PROV_CTY_NAME field 3-21PR_ST_PROV_CTY_NAME_DISPLAY field

3-21PR_ST_PROV_NUMBER field 3-22

PR_ST_TL field 3-11PR_ST_TL_DISPLAY field 3-11PR_ST_TYPE1 field 3-11PR_ST_TYPE1_DISPLAY field 3-12PR_ST_TYPE2 field 3-12PR_ST_TYPE2_DISPLAY field 3-12PR_STREET_REVIEW_CODES field 3-7PR_WORLD_ORIGIN field 3-22Process Parameters function parameters

COBOL on IBM Mainframe 2-119

RReference Match Entry Point Order

for COBOL 2-105reference matches

on COBOL 2-104Required Trillium Software System and

SAS/C Resources 2-12, 2-21

SSample COBOL JCL

for calling US Postal Geocoder 2-51Sort Window function parameters

COBOL on IBM Mainframe 2-122

TTG Geocoder parameters

COBOL on IBM Mainframe 2-96TG Postal Geocoder

Display BaseData Values 3-145Error Codes 3-152Input and Output Data Layout

3-141TG Postal Geocoder Add Mat Function

Parameters (COBOL on IBM Mainframe) 2-94

Trillium Global GeocoderCalling from COBOL 2-94TG#AMAT function 2-94TG#MTCI function 2-95

Trillium Software System™ Programmer’s Guide, Volume 2

Index I-7

UUK Geocoder

Calling from COBOL 2-86UK Geocoder Return Data 2-92UK Postal Geocder

Input and Output Data Layout 3-131

UK Postal GeocoderDisplay BaseData Values 3-135Error Codes 3-139How the UK Geocoder Works 2-91Input/Out Record Format 3-131Match Possibilities Data Area 3-134UM#AMAT function 2-86UM#MTCI function 2-87

UK Postal Geocoder Add Mat Function parameters

COBOL on IBM Mainframe 2-86UK Postal Geocoder parameters

COBOL on IBM Mainframe 2-88UK Postal Geocoder Parameters (COBOL

on IBM Mainframe) 2-88US Census Geoders 2-58US Centroid Census Geocoder

Calling from COBOL 2-51GM#MTCI function 2-51Input data layout 3-69Output data layout 3-72Street Tract Match Section Error

Codes 3-80, 3-87XRef Match Section Error Codes

3-79US Centroid Census Geocoder parameters

COBOL on IBM Mainframe 2-52US Centroid Census Geocoder Parameters

(COBOL on IBM Mainframe) 2-52US Geocoder

CASS 2-21

Display BaseData Values 3-62, 3-63, 3-147

Input/Output Record Format 3-46Program Return Codes 3-65

US Geocoder (CASS)PM#CASS function 2-21

US Interpolated House Number Census Geocoder

Calling from COBOL 2-54HM#MTCI function 2-54Input and Output Data Layout

3-82US Postal Geocoder

Calling from COBOL 2-17Input and output data layout 3-46Match Possibilities Data Area 3-59PM#MTCI function 2-17Return Info Data Area 3-48Secondary Return Info Data Area

3-53US Postal Geocoder parameters

COBOL on IBM Mainframe 2-19US Postal Geocoder Parameters (COBOL

on IBM Mainframe) 2-19

WWindow Key Generator

Error Codes 3-44Window Key Generator error codes 3-44Window Key Generator output tables 3-44window keys

creating, for matching 2-100definition of 2-100

XXML Converter

Error Codes 3-163Xpediter considerations 2-6

Index